SPRUIU1D July   2020  â€“ December 2024 DRA821U , DRA821U-Q1

 

  1.   1
  2.   Read This First
    1.     About This Manual
    2.     Related Documentation From Texas Instruments
    3.     Support Resources
    4.     Glossary
    5.     Export Control Notice
    6.     Trademarks
  3. 1 Introduction
    1. 1.1 Device Overview
    2. 1.2 Device Block Diagram
    3. 1.3 Device Main Domain
      1. 1.3.1  Arm Cortex-A72 Subsystem
      2. 1.3.2  Arm Cortex-R5F Processor
      3. 1.3.3  Navigator Subsystem
      4. 1.3.4  Region-based Address Translation Module
      5. 1.3.5  Multicore Shared Memory Controller
      6. 1.3.6  DDR Subsystem
      7. 1.3.7  General Purpose Input/Output Interface
      8. 1.3.8  Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      9. 1.3.9  Improved Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      10. 1.3.10 Multi-channel Serial Peripheral Interface
      11. 1.3.11 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
      12. 1.3.12 Gigabit Ethernet Switch
      13. 1.3.13 Peripheral Component Interconnect Express Subsystem
      14. 1.3.14 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Subsystem
      15. 1.3.15 SerDes
      16. 1.3.16 General Purpose Memory Controller with Error Location Module
      17. 1.3.17 Multimedia Card/Secure Digital Interface
      18. 1.3.18 Enhanced Capture Module
      19. 1.3.19 Enhanced Pulse-Width Modulation Module
      20. 1.3.20 Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse Module
      21. 1.3.21 Controller Area Network
      22. 1.3.22 Audio Tracking Logic
      23. 1.3.23 Multi-channel Audio Serial Port
      24. 1.3.24 Timers
      25. 1.3.25 Internal Diagnostics Modules
    4. 1.4 Device MCU Domain
      1. 1.4.1  MCU Arm Cortex-R5F Processor
      2. 1.4.2  MCU Region-based Address Translation Module
      3. 1.4.3  MCU Navigator Subsystem
      4. 1.4.4  MCU Analog-to-Digital Converter
      5. 1.4.5  MCU Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      6. 1.4.6  MCU Improved Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      7. 1.4.7  MCU Multi-channel Serial Peripheral Interface
      8. 1.4.8  MCU Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
      9. 1.4.9  MCU Gigabit Ethernet Switch
      10. 1.4.10 MCU Octal Serial Peripheral Interface and HyperBus Memory Controller as a Flash Subsystem
      11. 1.4.11 MCU Controller Area Network
      12. 1.4.12 MCU Timers
      13. 1.4.13 MCU Internal Diagnostics Modules
    5. 1.5 Device WKUP Domain
      1. 1.5.1 WKUP Device Management and Security Controller
      2. 1.5.2 WKUP General Purpose Input/Output Interface
      3. 1.5.3 WKUP Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      4. 1.5.4 WKUP Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
      5. 1.5.5 WKUP Internal Diagnostics Modules
    6. 1.6 Device Identification
  4. 2 Memory Map
    1. 2.1 MAIN Domain Memory Map
    2. 2.2 MCU Domain Memory Map
    3. 2.3 WKUP Domain Memory Map
    4. 2.4 Processors View Memory Map
    5. 2.5 Region-based Address Translation
  5. 3 System Interconnect
    1. 3.1 System Interconnect Overview
    2. 3.2 System Interconnect Integration
      1. 3.2.1 Interconnect Integration in WKUP Domain
      2. 3.2.2 Interconnect Integration in MCU Domain
      3. 3.2.3 Interconnect Integration in MAIN Domain
    3. 3.3 System Interconnect Functional Description
      1. 3.3.1 Master-Slave Connections
      2. 3.3.2 Quality of Service (QoS)
      3. 3.3.3 Route ID
      4. 3.3.4 Initiator-Side Security Controls and Firewalls
        1. 3.3.4.1 Initiator-Side Security Controls (ISC)
          1. 3.3.4.1.1 Special System Level Priv-ID
          2. 3.3.4.1.2 Priv ID and ISC Assignment
        2. 3.3.4.2 Firewalls (FW)
          1. 3.3.4.2.1 Peripheral Firewalls (FW)
          2. 3.3.4.2.2 Memory or Region-based Firewalls
            1. 3.3.4.2.2.1 Region Based Firewall Functional Description
          3. 3.3.4.2.3 Channelized Firewalls
            1. 3.3.4.2.3.1 Channelized Firewall Functional Description
      5. 3.3.5 Null Error Reporting
      6. 3.3.6 VBUSM_TIMEOUT_GASKET (MCU_TIMEOUT_64B2)
        1. 3.3.6.1 Overview and Feature List
          1. 3.3.6.1.1 Features Supported
          2. 3.3.6.1.2 Features Not Supported
        2. 3.3.6.2 Functional Description
          1. 3.3.6.2.1 Functional Operation
            1. 3.3.6.2.1.1  Overview
            2. 3.3.6.2.1.2  FIFOs
            3. 3.3.6.2.1.3  ID Allocator
            4. 3.3.6.2.1.4  Timer
            5. 3.3.6.2.1.5  Timeout Queue
            6. 3.3.6.2.1.6  Write Scoreboard
            7. 3.3.6.2.1.7  Read Scoreboard
            8. 3.3.6.2.1.8  Flush Mode
            9. 3.3.6.2.1.9  Flushing
            10. 3.3.6.2.1.10 Timeout Error Reporting
            11. 3.3.6.2.1.11 Command Timeout Error Reporting
            12. 3.3.6.2.1.12 Unexpected Response Reporting
            13. 3.3.6.2.1.13 Latency and Stalls
            14. 3.3.6.2.1.14 Bypass
            15. 3.3.6.2.1.15 Safety
        3. 3.3.6.3 Interrupt Conditions
          1. 3.3.6.3.1 Transaction Error Interrupt
            1. 3.3.6.3.1.1 Transaction Timeout
            2. 3.3.6.3.1.2 Unexpected Response
            3. 3.3.6.3.1.3 Command Timeout
        4. 3.3.6.4 Memory Map
          1. 3.3.6.4.1  Revision Register (Base Address + 0x00)
          2. 3.3.6.4.2  Configuration Register (Base Address + 0x04)
          3. 3.3.6.4.3  Info Register (Base Address + 0x08)
          4. 3.3.6.4.4  Enable Register (Base Address + 0x0C)
          5. 3.3.6.4.5  Flush Register (Base Address + 0x10)
          6. 3.3.6.4.6  Timeout Value Register (Base Address + 0x14)
          7. 3.3.6.4.7  Timer Register (Base Address + 0x18)
          8. 3.3.6.4.8  Error Interrupt Raw Status/Set Register (Base Address + 0x20)
          9. 3.3.6.4.9  Error Interrupt Enabled Status/Clear Register (Base Address + 0x24)
          10. 3.3.6.4.10 Error Interrupt Mask Set Register (Base Address + 0x28)
          11. 3.3.6.4.11 Error Interrupt Mask Clear Register (Base Address + 0x2C)
          12. 3.3.6.4.12 Timeout Error Info Register (Base Address + 0x30)
          13. 3.3.6.4.13 Unexpected Response Info Register (Base Address + 0x34)
          14. 3.3.6.4.14 Error Transaction Valid/Dir/RouteID Register (Base Address + 0x38)
          15. 3.3.6.4.15 Error Transaction Tag/CommandID Register (Base Address + 0x3C)
          16. 3.3.6.4.16 Error Transaction Bytecnt Register (Base Address + 0x40)
          17. 3.3.6.4.17 Error Transaction Upper Address Register (Base Address + 0x44)
          18. 3.3.6.4.18 Error Transaction Lower Address Register (Base Address + 0x48)
        5. 3.3.6.5 Integration Overview
          1. 3.3.6.5.1 Parameterization Requirements
        6. 3.3.6.6 I/O Description
          1. 3.3.6.6.1 Clockstop Idle
          2. 3.3.6.6.2 Flush
          3. 3.3.6.6.3 Module I/O
        7. 3.3.6.7 User’s Guide
          1. 3.3.6.7.1 Programmer’s Guide
            1. 3.3.6.7.1.1 Initialization
            2. 3.3.6.7.1.2 Software Flush
      7. 3.3.7 Timeout Gasket (TOG)
    4. 3.4 System Interconnect Registers
      1. 3.4.1 QoS Registers
      2. 3.4.2 Firewall Exception Registers
      3. 3.4.3 Firewall Region Registers
      4. 3.4.4 Null Error Reporting Registers
  6. 4 Initialization
    1. 4.1 Initialization Overview
      1. 4.1.1 ROM Code Overview
      2. 4.1.2 Bootloader Modes
      3. 4.1.3 Terminology
    2. 4.2 Boot Process
      1. 4.2.1 MCU ROM Code Architecture
        1. 4.2.1.1 Main Module
        2. 4.2.1.2 X509 Module
        3. 4.2.1.3 Buffer Manager Module
        4. 4.2.1.4 Log and Trace Module
        5. 4.2.1.5 System Module
        6. 4.2.1.6 Protocol Module
        7. 4.2.1.7 Driver Module
      2. 4.2.2 DMSC ROM Description
      3. 4.2.3 Boot Process Flow
      4. 4.2.4 MCU Only vs Normal Boot
    3. 4.3 Boot Mode Pins
      1. 4.3.1  MCU_BOOTMODE Pin Mapping
      2. 4.3.2  BOOTMODE Pin Mapping
        1. 4.3.2.1 Primary Boot Mode Selection
        2. 4.3.2.2 Backup Boot Mode Selection When MCU Only = 0
        3. 4.3.2.3 Primary Boot Mode Configuration
        4. 4.3.2.4 Backup Boot Mode Configuration
      3. 4.3.3  No-boot/Dev-boot Configuration
      4. 4.3.4  Hyperflash Boot Device Configuration
      5. 4.3.5  OSPI Boot Device Configuration
      6. 4.3.6  QSPI Boot Device Configuration
      7. 4.3.7  SPI Boot Device Configuration
      8. 4.3.8  xSPI Boot Device Configuration
      9. 4.3.9  I2C Boot Device Configuration
      10. 4.3.10 MMC/SD Card Boot Device Configuration
      11. 4.3.11 eMMC Boot Device Configuration
        1. 4.3.11.1 eMMC Flash
      12. 4.3.12 Ethernet Boot Device Configuration
      13. 4.3.13 USB Boot Device Configuration
      14. 4.3.14 PCIe Boot Device Configuration
      15. 4.3.15 UART Boot Device Configuration
      16. 4.3.16 PLL Configuration
        1. 4.3.16.1 MCU_PLL0, MCU_PLL2, Main PLL0, and Main PLL3
        2. 4.3.16.2 MCU_PLL1
        3. 4.3.16.3 Main PLL1
        4. 4.3.16.4 Main PLL2
        5. 4.3.16.5 HSDIV Values
        6. 4.3.16.6 191
    4. 4.4 Boot Parameter Tables
      1. 4.4.1  Common Header
      2. 4.4.2  PLL Setup
      3. 4.4.3  PCIe Boot Parameter Table
      4. 4.4.4  I2C Boot Parameter Table
      5. 4.4.5  OSPI/QSPI/SPI Boot Parameter Table
      6. 4.4.6  Ethernet Boot Parameter Table
      7. 4.4.7  USB Boot Parameter Table
      8. 4.4.8  MMCSD Boot Parameter Table
      9. 4.4.9  UART Boot Parameter Table
      10. 4.4.10 Hyperflash Boot Parameter Table
    5. 4.5 Boot Image Format
      1. 4.5.1 Overall Structure
      2. 4.5.2 X.509 Certificate
      3. 4.5.3 Organizational Identifier (OID)
      4. 4.5.4 X.509 Extensions Specific to Boot
        1. 4.5.4.1 Boot Info (OID 1.3.6.1.4.1.294.1.1)
        2. 4.5.4.2 Image Integrity (OID 1.3.6.1.4.1.294.1.2)
      5. 4.5.5 Extended Boot Info Extension
        1. 4.5.5.1 Impact on HS Device
        2. 4.5.5.2 Extended Boot Info Details
        3. 4.5.5.3 Certificate / Component Types
        4. 4.5.5.4 Extended Boot Encryption Info
        5. 4.5.5.5 Component Ordering
        6. 4.5.5.6 Memory Load Sections Overlap with Executable Components
        7. 4.5.5.7 Device Type and Extended Boot Extension
      6. 4.5.6 Generating X.509 Certificates
        1. 4.5.6.1 Key Generation
          1. 4.5.6.1.1 Degenerate RSA Keys
        2. 4.5.6.2 Configuration Script
      7. 4.5.7 Image Data
    6. 4.6 Boot Modes
      1. 4.6.1 I2C Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.1.1 I2C Initialization Process
          1. 4.6.1.1.1 Block Size
          2. 4.6.1.1.2 227
        2. 4.6.1.2 I2C Loading Process
          1. 4.6.1.2.1 Loading a Boot Image From EEPROM
      2. 4.6.2 SPI Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.2.1 SPI Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.2.2 SPI Loading Process
      3. 4.6.3 QSPI Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.3.1 QSPI Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.3.2 QSPI Loading Process
      4. 4.6.4 OSPI Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.4.1 OSPI Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.4.2 OSPI Loading Process
      5. 4.6.5 PCIe Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.5.1 PCIe Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.5.2 PCIe Loading Process
      6. 4.6.6 Ethernet Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.6.1 Ethernet Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.6.2 Ethernet Loading Process
          1. 4.6.6.2.1 Ethernet Boot Data Formats
            1. 4.6.6.2.1.1 Limitations
            2. 4.6.6.2.1.2 BOOTP Request
              1. 4.6.6.2.1.2.1 MAC Header (DIX)
              2. 4.6.6.2.1.2.2 IPv4 Header
              3. 4.6.6.2.1.2.3 UDP Header
              4. 4.6.6.2.1.2.4 BOOTP Payload
              5. 4.6.6.2.1.2.5 TFTP
        3. 4.6.6.3 Ethernet Hand Over Process
      7. 4.6.7 USB Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.7.1 USB-Specific Attributes
          1. 4.6.7.1.1 DFU Device Mode
      8. 4.6.8 MMCSD Bootloader Operation
      9. 4.6.9 UART Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.9.1 Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.9.2 UART Loading Process
          1. 4.6.9.2.1 UART XMODEM
        3. 4.6.9.3 UART Hand-Over Process
    7. 4.7 Boot Memory Maps
      1. 4.7.1 Memory Layout/MPU
      2. 4.7.2 Global Memory Addresses Used by ROM Code
      3. 4.7.3 Memory Reserved by ROM Code
  7. 5 Device Configuration
    1. 5.1 Control Module (CTRL_MMR)
      1. 5.1.1 WKUP_CTRL_MMR0
        1. 5.1.1.1 WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Overview
        2. 5.1.1.2 WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Integration
        3. 5.1.1.3 WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Functional Description
          1. 5.1.1.3.1 Description for WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Register Types
            1. 5.1.1.3.1.1  Pad Configuration Registers
            2. 5.1.1.3.1.2  Kick Protection Registers
            3. 5.1.1.3.1.3  WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Module Interrupts
            4. 5.1.1.3.1.4  Clock Selection Registers
            5. 5.1.1.3.1.5  Device Feature Registers
            6. 5.1.1.3.1.6  POK Module Registers
            7. 5.1.1.3.1.7  Power and Reset Related Registers
            8. 5.1.1.3.1.8  PRG Related Registers
            9. 5.1.1.3.1.9  Voltage Glitch Detect Control and Status Registers
            10. 5.1.1.3.1.10 I/O Debounce Control Registers
        4. 5.1.1.4 WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Registers
      2. 5.1.2 MCU_CTRL_MMR0
        1. 5.1.2.1 MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Overview
        2. 5.1.2.2 MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Integration
        3. 5.1.2.3 MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Functional Description
          1. 5.1.2.3.1 Description for MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Register Types
            1. 5.1.2.3.1.1 Kick Protection Registers
            2. 5.1.2.3.1.2 MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Module Interrupts
            3. 5.1.2.3.1.3 Inter-processor Communication Registers
            4. 5.1.2.3.1.4 Timer I/O Muxing Control Registers
            5. 5.1.2.3.1.5 Clock Muxing and Division Registers
            6. 5.1.2.3.1.6 MCU_CPSW0 MAC Address Registers
        4. 5.1.2.4 MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Registers
        5. 5.1.2.5 MCU_SEC_MMR0_DBG_CTRL Registers
        6. 5.1.2.6 MCU_SEC_MMR0_BOOT_CTRL Registers
      3. 5.1.3 CTRL_MMR0
        1. 5.1.3.1 CTRL_MMR0 Overview
        2. 5.1.3.2 CTRL_MMR0 Integration
        3. 5.1.3.3 CTRL_MMR0 Functional Description
          1. 5.1.3.3.1 Description for CTRL_MMR0 Register Types
            1. 5.1.3.3.1.1  Pad Configuration Registers
            2. 5.1.3.3.1.2  Kick Protection Registers
            3. 5.1.3.3.1.3  CTRL_MMR0 Module Interrupts
            4. 5.1.3.3.1.4  Inter-processor Communication Registers
            5. 5.1.3.3.1.5  Timer I/O Muxing Control Registers
            6. 5.1.3.3.1.6  EHRPWM/EQEP Control and Status Registers
            7. 5.1.3.3.1.7  Clock Muxing and Division Registers
            8. 5.1.3.3.1.8  Ethernet Port Operation Control Registers
            9. 5.1.3.3.1.9  SERDES Lane Function Control Registers
            10. 5.1.3.3.1.10 DDRSS Dynamic Frequency Change Registers
        4. 5.1.3.4 CTRL_MMR0 Registers
        5. 5.1.3.5 SEC_MMR0_DBG_CTRL Registers
        6. 5.1.3.6 SEC_MMR0_BOOT_CTRL Registers
    2. 5.2 Power
      1. 5.2.1 Power Management Overview
      2. 5.2.2 Power Management Subsystems
        1. 5.2.2.1 Power Subsystems Overview
          1. 5.2.2.1.1 POK Overview
          2. 5.2.2.1.2 PRG / PRG_PP Overview
          3. 5.2.2.1.3 POR Overview
          4. 5.2.2.1.4 POK / PRG(_PP) /POR Overview
          5. 5.2.2.1.5 Timing
          6. 5.2.2.1.6 Restrictions
        2. 5.2.2.2 Power System Modules
          1. 5.2.2.2.1 Power OK (POK) Modules
            1. 5.2.2.2.1.1 POK Programming Model
              1. 5.2.2.2.1.1.1 POK Threshold Setting Programming Sequence
          2. 5.2.2.2.2 Power on Reset (POR) Module
            1. 5.2.2.2.2.1 POR Overview
            2. 5.2.2.2.2.2 POR Integration
            3. 5.2.2.2.2.3 POR Programming Model
          3. 5.2.2.2.3 PoR/Reset Generator (PRG_PP) Modules
            1. 5.2.2.2.3.1 PRG_PP Overview
            2. 5.2.2.2.3.2 PRG_PP Integration
            3. 5.2.2.2.3.3 PRG_PP Programming Model
          4. 5.2.2.2.4 Power Glitch Detect (PGD) Modules
          5. 5.2.2.2.5 Voltage and Thermal Manager (VTM)
            1. 5.2.2.2.5.1 VTM Overview
              1. 5.2.2.2.5.1.1 VTM Features
              2. 5.2.2.2.5.1.2 VTM Not Supported Features
            2. 5.2.2.2.5.2 VTM Integration
            3. 5.2.2.2.5.3 VTM Functional Description
              1. 5.2.2.2.5.3.1 VTM Temperature Status and Thermal Management
                1. 5.2.2.2.5.3.1.1 10-bit Temperature Values Versus Temperature
              2. 5.2.2.2.5.3.2 VTM Temperature Driven Alerts and Interrupts
              3. 5.2.2.2.5.3.3 VTM VID Voltage Domains
              4. 5.2.2.2.5.3.4 VTM Clocking
              5. 5.2.2.2.5.3.5 VTM Retention Interface
              6. 5.2.2.2.5.3.6 VTM ECC Aggregator
              7. 5.2.2.2.5.3.7 VTM Programming Model
                1. 5.2.2.2.5.3.7.1 VTM Maximum Temperature Outrange Alert
                2. 5.2.2.2.5.3.7.2 Temperature Monitor during Low Power Modes
                3. 5.2.2.2.5.3.7.3 Sensors Programming Sequences
              8. 5.2.2.2.5.3.8 AVS-Class0
          6. 5.2.2.2.6 Distributed Power Clock and Reset Controller (DPCR)
        3. 5.2.2.3 Power Control Modules
          1. 5.2.2.3.1 Power Sleep Controller and Local Power Sleep Controllers
            1. 5.2.2.3.1.1 PSC Terminology
            2. 5.2.2.3.1.2 PSC Features
            3. 5.2.2.3.1.3 PSC: Device Power-Management Layout
              1. 5.2.2.3.1.3.1 WKUP_PSC0 Device-Specific Information
              2. 5.2.2.3.1.3.2 PSC0 Device-Specific Information
              3. 5.2.2.3.1.3.3 LPSC Dependences Overview
            4. 5.2.2.3.1.4 PSC: Power Domain and Module States
              1. 5.2.2.3.1.4.1 Power Domain States
              2. 5.2.2.3.1.4.2 Module States
              3. 5.2.2.3.1.4.3 Local Reset
            5. 5.2.2.3.1.5 PSC: Executing State Transitions
              1. 5.2.2.3.1.5.1 Power Domain State Transitions
              2. 5.2.2.3.1.5.2 Module State Transitions
              3. 5.2.2.3.1.5.3 Concurrent Power Domain/Module State Transitions
              4. 5.2.2.3.1.5.4 Recommendations for Power Domain/Module Sequencing
            6. 5.2.2.3.1.6 PSC: Emulation Support in the PSC
            7. 5.2.2.3.1.7 PSC: A72SS, MSMC, MCU Cortex-R5F, C71SS0, and C66SS Subsystem Power-Up and Power-Down Sequences
              1. 5.2.2.3.1.7.1 ARMi_COREn Power State Transition
              2. 5.2.2.3.1.7.2 A72SS Power State Transition
              3. 5.2.2.3.1.7.3 GIC0 Sequencing to Support A72SS Power Management
              4. 5.2.2.3.1.7.4 MSMC0 Clkstop/Powerdown/Disconnect Sequencing
              5. 5.2.2.3.1.7.5 MCU Cortex-R5F Power Modes
          2. 5.2.2.3.2 Integrated Power Management (DMSC)
            1. 5.2.2.3.2.1 DMSC Power Management Overview
              1. 5.2.2.3.2.1.1 DMSC Power Management Features
      3. 5.2.3 Device Power States
        1. 5.2.3.1 Overview of Device Low-Power Modes
        2. 5.2.3.2 Voltage Domains
        3. 5.2.3.3 Power Domains
        4. 5.2.3.4 Clock Sources States
        5. 5.2.3.5 Wake-up Sources
        6. 5.2.3.6 Device Power States and Transitions
          1. 5.2.3.6.1 LPM Entry Sequences
          2. 5.2.3.6.2 LPM Exit Sequences
          3. 5.2.3.6.3 IO Retention
          4. 5.2.3.6.4 DDRSS Self-Refresh
      4. 5.2.4 Dynamic Power Management
        1. 5.2.4.1 AVS Support
        2. 5.2.4.2 Dynamic Frequency Scaling (DFS) Operations
      5. 5.2.5 Thermal Management
      6. 5.2.6 Registers
        1. 5.2.6.1 WKUP_VTM0 Registers
        2. 5.2.6.2 PSC Registers
    3. 5.3 Reset
      1. 5.3.1 Reset Overview
      2. 5.3.2 Reset Sources
      3. 5.3.3 Reset Status
      4. 5.3.4 Reset Control
      5. 5.3.5 BOOTMODE Pins
      6. 5.3.6 Reset Sequences
        1. 5.3.6.1 MCU_PORz Overview
        2. 5.3.6.2 MCU_PORz Sequence
        3. 5.3.6.3 MCU_RESETz Sequence
        4. 5.3.6.4 PORz Sequence
        5. 5.3.6.5 RESET_REQz Sequence
      7. 5.3.7 PLL Behavior on Reset
    4. 5.4 Clocking
      1. 5.4.1 Overview
      2. 5.4.2 Clock Inputs
        1. 5.4.2.1 Overview
        2. 5.4.2.2 Mapping of Clock Inputs
      3. 5.4.3 Clock Outputs
        1. 5.4.3.1 Observation Clock Pins
          1. 5.4.3.1.1 MCU_OBSCLK0 Pin
          2. 5.4.3.1.2 425
          3. 5.4.3.1.3 OBSCLK0, OBSCLK1, and OBSCLK2 Pins
        2. 5.4.3.2 System Clock Pins
          1. 5.4.3.2.1 MCU_SYSCLKOUT0
          2. 5.4.3.2.2 SYSCLKOUT0
      4. 5.4.4 Device Oscillators
        1. 5.4.4.1 Device Oscillators Integration
          1. 5.4.4.1.1 Oscillators with External Crystal
          2. 5.4.4.1.2 Internal RC Oscillator
        2. 5.4.4.2 Oscillator Clock Loss Detection
      5. 5.4.5 PLLs
        1. 5.4.5.1 WKUP and MCU Domains PLL Overview
        2. 5.4.5.2 MAIN Domain PLLs Overview
        3. 5.4.5.3 PLL Reference Clocks
          1. 5.4.5.3.1 PLLs in MCU Domain
          2. 5.4.5.3.2 PLLs in MAIN Domain
        4. 5.4.5.4 Generic PLL Overview
          1. 5.4.5.4.1 PLLs Output Clocks Parameters
            1. 5.4.5.4.1.1 PLLs Input Clocks
            2. 5.4.5.4.1.2 PLL Output Clocks
              1. 5.4.5.4.1.2.1 PLLTS16FFCLAFRAC2 Type Output Clocks
              2. 5.4.5.4.1.2.2 PLLTS16FFCLAFRACF Type Output Clocks
              3. 5.4.5.4.1.2.3 PLL Lock
              4. 5.4.5.4.1.2.4 HSDIVIDER
              5. 5.4.5.4.1.2.5 ICG Module
              6. 5.4.5.4.1.2.6 PLL Power Down
              7. 5.4.5.4.1.2.7 PLL Calibration
          2. 5.4.5.4.2 PLL Spread Spectrum Modulation Module
            1. 5.4.5.4.2.1 Definition of SSMOD
            2. 5.4.5.4.2.2 SSMOD Configuration
        5. 5.4.5.5 PLLs Device-Specific Information
          1. 5.4.5.5.1 SSMOD Related Bitfields Table
          2. 5.4.5.5.2 Clock Synthesis Inputs to the PLLs
          3. 5.4.5.5.3 Clock Output Parameter
          4. 5.4.5.5.4 Calibration Related Bitfields
        6. 5.4.5.6 PLL and PLL Controller Connection
        7. 5.4.5.7 PLL, PLLCTRL, and HSDIV Controllers Programming Guide
          1. 5.4.5.7.1 PLL Initialization
            1. 5.4.5.7.1.1 Kick Protection Mechanism
            2. 5.4.5.7.1.2 PLL Initialization to PLL Mode
            3. 5.4.5.7.1.3 PLL Programming Requirements
          2. 5.4.5.7.2 HSDIV PLL Programming
          3. 5.4.5.7.3 PLL Controllers Programming - Dividers PLLDIVn and GO Operation
            1. 5.4.5.7.3.1 GO Operation
            2. 5.4.5.7.3.2 Software Steps to Modify PLLDIV Ratios
          4. 5.4.5.7.4 Entire Sequence for Programming PLLCTRL, HSDIV, and PLL
      6. 5.4.6 Registers
        1. 5.4.6.1 MCU_PLL0_CFG Registers
        2. 5.4.6.2 PLL0_CFG Registers
        3. 5.4.6.3 PLLCTRL0 Registers
  8. 6 Processors and Accelerators
    1. 6.1 Compute Cluster
      1. 6.1.1 Compute Cluster Overview
      2. 6.1.2 Compute Cluster Functional Description
        1. 6.1.2.1 Compute Cluster Memory Regions
        2. 6.1.2.2 Compute Cluster Firewalls
        3. 6.1.2.3 Compute Cluster ECC Aggregators
      3. 6.1.3 Compute Cluster Registers
    2. 6.2 Dual-A72 MPU Subsystem
      1. 6.2.1 A72SS Overview
        1. 6.2.1.1 A72SS Introduction
        2. 6.2.1.2 A72SS Features
      2. 6.2.2 A72SS Integration
      3. 6.2.3 A72SS Functional Description
        1. 6.2.3.1  A72SS Block Diagram
        2. 6.2.3.2  A72SS A72 Cluster
        3. 6.2.3.3  A72SS Interfaces and Async Bridges
        4. 6.2.3.4  A72SS Interrupts
          1. 6.2.3.4.1 A72SS Interrupt Inputs
          2. 6.2.3.4.2 A72SS Interrupt Outputs
        5. 6.2.3.5  A72SS Power Management, Clocking and Reset
          1. 6.2.3.5.1 A72SS Power Management
          2. 6.2.3.5.2 A72SS Clocking
        6. 6.2.3.6  A72SS Debug Support
        7. 6.2.3.7  A72SS Timestamps
        8. 6.2.3.8  A72SS Watchdog
        9. 6.2.3.9  A72SS Internal Diagnostics
          1. 6.2.3.9.1 A72SS ECC Aggregators During Low Power States
          2. 6.2.3.9.2 A72SS CBASS Diagnostics
          3. 6.2.3.9.3 A72SS SRAM Diagnostics
          4. 6.2.3.9.4 A72SS SRAM ECC Aggregator Configurations
        10. 6.2.3.10 A72SS Cache Pre-Warming
        11. 6.2.3.11 A72SS Boot
        12. 6.2.3.12 A72SS IPC with Other CPUs
      4. 6.2.4 A72SS Registers
        1. 6.2.4.1 Arm A72 Cluster Registers
        2. 6.2.4.2 A72SS ECC Aggregator Registers
          1. 6.2.4.2.1 A72SS CLUSTER ECC Registers
          2. 6.2.4.2.2 A72SS CORE0 ECC Registers
          3. 6.2.4.2.3 A72SS CORE1 ECC Registers
    3. 6.3 Dual-R5F MCU Subsystem
      1. 6.3.1 R5FSS Overview
        1. 6.3.1.1 R5FSS Features
        2. 6.3.1.2 R5FSS Not Supported Features
      2. 6.3.2 R5FSS Integration
        1. 6.3.2.1 R5FSS Integration in MCU Domain
        2. 6.3.2.2 R5FSS Integration in MAIN Domain
      3. 6.3.3 R5FSS Functional Description
        1. 6.3.3.1  R5FSS Block Diagram
        2. 6.3.3.2  R5FSS Cortex-R5F Core
          1. 6.3.3.2.1 L1 Caches
          2. 6.3.3.2.2 Tightly-Coupled Memories (TCMs)
          3. 6.3.3.2.3 R5FSS Special Signals
        3. 6.3.3.3  R5FSS Interfaces
          1. 6.3.3.3.1 R5FSS Master Interfaces
          2. 6.3.3.3.2 R5FSS Slave Interfaces
        4. 6.3.3.4  R5FSS Power, Clocking and Reset
          1. 6.3.3.4.1 R5FSS Power
          2. 6.3.3.4.2 R5FSS Clocking
            1. 6.3.3.4.2.1 Changing MCU_R5FSS0 CPU Clock Frequency
          3. 6.3.3.4.3 R5FSS Reset
        5. 6.3.3.5  R5FSS Lockstep Error Detection Logic
          1. 6.3.3.5.1 CPU Output Compare Block
            1. 6.3.3.5.1.1 Operating Modes
            2. 6.3.3.5.1.2 Compare Block Active Mode
            3. 6.3.3.5.1.3 Self Test Mode
            4. 6.3.3.5.1.4 Compare Match Test
            5. 6.3.3.5.1.5 Compare Mismatch Test
            6. 6.3.3.5.1.6 Error Forcing Mode
            7. 6.3.3.5.1.7 Self Test Error Forcing Mode
          2. 6.3.3.5.2 Inactivity Monitor Block
            1. 6.3.3.5.2.1 Operating Modes
            2. 6.3.3.5.2.2 Compare Block Active Mode
            3. 6.3.3.5.2.3 Self Test Mode
            4. 6.3.3.5.2.4 Compare Match Test
            5. 6.3.3.5.2.5 Compare Mismatch Test
            6. 6.3.3.5.2.6 Error Forcing Mode
            7. 6.3.3.5.2.7 Self Test Error Forcing Mode
          3. 6.3.3.5.3 Polarity Inversion Logic
        6. 6.3.3.6  R5FSS Vectored Interrupt Manager (VIM)
          1. 6.3.3.6.1 VIM Overview
          2. 6.3.3.6.2 VIM Interrupt Inputs
          3. 6.3.3.6.3 VIM Interrupt Outputs
          4. 6.3.3.6.4 VIM Interrupt Vector Table (VIM RAM)
          5. 6.3.3.6.5 VIM Interrupt Prioritization
          6. 6.3.3.6.6 VIM ECC Support
          7. 6.3.3.6.7 VIM Lockstep Mode
          8. 6.3.3.6.8 VIM IDLE State
          9. 6.3.3.6.9 VIM Interrupt Handling
            1. 6.3.3.6.9.1 Servicing IRQ Through Vector Interface
            2. 6.3.3.6.9.2 Servicing IRQ Through MMR Interface
            3. 6.3.3.6.9.3 Servicing IRQ Through MMR Interface (Alternative)
            4. 6.3.3.6.9.4 Servicing FIQ
            5. 6.3.3.6.9.5 Servicing FIQ (Alternative)
        7. 6.3.3.7  R5FSS Region Address Translation (RAT)
          1. 6.3.3.7.1 RAT Overview
          2. 6.3.3.7.2 RAT Operation
          3. 6.3.3.7.3 RAT Error Logging
          4. 6.3.3.7.4 RAT Protection
        8. 6.3.3.8  R5FSS ECC Support
        9. 6.3.3.9  R5FSS Memory View
        10. 6.3.3.10 R5FSS Interrupts
        11. 6.3.3.11 R5FSS Debug and Trace
        12. 6.3.3.12 R5FSS Boot Options
        13. 6.3.3.13 R5FSS Core Memory ECC Events
      4. 6.3.4 R5FSS Registers
        1. 6.3.4.1 R5FSS_CCMR5 Registers
        2. 6.3.4.2 R5FSS_CPU0_ECC_AGGR_CFG_REGS Registers
        3. 6.3.4.3 R5FSS_CPU1_ECC_AGGR_CFG_REGS Registers
        4. 6.3.4.4 R5FSS_VIM Registers
        5. 6.3.4.5 R5FSS_RAT Registers
        6. 6.3.4.6 R5FSS_EVNT_BUS_VBUSP_MMRS Registers
  9. 7 Interprocessor Communication
    1. 7.1 Mailbox
      1. 7.1.1 Mailbox Overview
        1. 7.1.1.1 Mailbox Features
        2. 7.1.1.2 Mailbox Parameters
        3. 7.1.1.3 Mailbox Not Supported Features
      2. 7.1.2 Mailbox Integration
        1. 7.1.2.1 System Mailbox Integration
      3. 7.1.3 Mailbox Functional Description
        1. 7.1.3.1 Mailbox Block Diagram
        2. 7.1.3.2 Mailbox Software Reset
        3. 7.1.3.3 Mailbox Power Management
        4. 7.1.3.4 Mailbox Interrupt Requests
        5. 7.1.3.5 Mailbox Assignment
          1. 7.1.3.5.1 Description
        6. 7.1.3.6 Sending and Receiving Messages
          1. 7.1.3.6.1 Description
        7. 7.1.3.7 Example of Communication
      4. 7.1.4 Mailbox Programming Guide
        1. 7.1.4.1 Mailbox Low-level Programming Models
          1. 7.1.4.1.1 Global Initialization
            1. 7.1.4.1.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
            2. 7.1.4.1.1.2 Mailbox Global Initialization
              1. 7.1.4.1.1.2.1 Main Sequence - Mailbox Global Initialization
          2. 7.1.4.1.2 Mailbox Operational Modes Configuration
            1. 7.1.4.1.2.1 Mailbox Processing modes
              1. 7.1.4.1.2.1.1 Main Sequence - Sending a Message (Polling Method)
              2. 7.1.4.1.2.1.2 Main Sequence - Sending a Message (Interrupt Method)
              3. 7.1.4.1.2.1.3 Main Sequence - Receiving a Message (Polling Method)
              4. 7.1.4.1.2.1.4 Main Sequence - Receiving a Message (Interrupt Method)
          3. 7.1.4.1.3 Mailbox Events Servicing
            1. 7.1.4.1.3.1 Events Servicing in Sending Mode
            2. 7.1.4.1.3.2 Events Servicing in Receiving Mode
    2. 7.2 Spinlock
      1. 7.2.1 Spinlock Overview
        1. 7.2.1.1 Spinlock Not Supported Features
      2. 7.2.2 Spinlock Integration
      3. 7.2.3 Spinlock Functional Description
        1. 7.2.3.1 Spinlock Software Reset
        2. 7.2.3.2 Spinlock Power Management
        3. 7.2.3.3 About Spinlocks
        4. 7.2.3.4 Spinlock Functional Operation
      4. 7.2.4 Spinlock Programming Guide
        1. 7.2.4.1 Spinlock Low-level Programming Models
          1. 7.2.4.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 7.2.4.1.2 Basic Spinlock Operations
            1. 7.2.4.1.2.1 Spinlocks Clearing After a System Bug Recovery
            2. 7.2.4.1.2.2 Take and Release Spinlock
  10. 8 Memory Controllers
    1. 8.1 Multicore Shared Memory Controller (MSMC)
      1. 8.1.1 MSMC Overview
        1. 8.1.1.1 MSMC Not Supported Features
      2. 8.1.2 MSMC Integration
        1. 8.1.2.1 MSMC Integration in MAIN Domain
        2. 8.1.2.2 641
      3. 8.1.3 MSMC Functional Description
        1. 8.1.3.1  MSMC Block Diagram
        2. 8.1.3.2  MSMC On-Chip Memory Banking
        3. 8.1.3.3  MSMC Snoop Filter and Data Cache
          1. 8.1.3.3.1 Way Partitioning
          2. 8.1.3.3.2 Cache Size Configuration and Associativity
        4. 8.1.3.4  MSMC Access Protection Checks
        5. 8.1.3.5  MSMC Null Slave
        6. 8.1.3.6  MSMC Resource Arbitration
        7. 8.1.3.7  MSMC Error Detection and Correction
          1. 8.1.3.7.1 On-chip SRAM and Pipeline Data Protection
          2. 8.1.3.7.2 On-chip SRAM L3 Cache Tag and Snoop Filter Protection
          3. 8.1.3.7.3 On-chip SRAM Memory Mapped SRAM Snoop Filter Protection
          4. 8.1.3.7.4 Background Parity Refresh (Scrubbing)
        8. 8.1.3.8  MSMC Interrupts
          1. 8.1.3.8.1 Raw Interrupt Registers
          2. 8.1.3.8.2 Interrupt Enable Registers
          3. 8.1.3.8.3 Triggered and Enabled Interrupts
        9. 8.1.3.9  MSMC Memory Regions
        10. 8.1.3.10 MSMC Hardware Coherence
          1. 8.1.3.10.1 Snoop Filter Broadcast Mode
        11. 8.1.3.11 MSMC Quality-of-Service
        12. 8.1.3.12 MSMC Memory Regions Protection
        13. 8.1.3.13 MSMC Cache Tag View
      4. 8.1.4 MSMC Registers
    2. 8.2 DDR Subsystem (DDRSS)
      1. 8.2.1 DDRSS Overview
        1. 8.2.1.1 DDRSS Not Supported Features
      2. 8.2.2 DDRSS Environment
      3. 8.2.3 DDRSS Integration
        1. 8.2.3.1 DDRSS Integration in MAIN Domain
      4. 8.2.4 DDRSS Functional Description
        1. 8.2.4.1 DDRSS MSMC2DDR Bridge
          1. 8.2.4.1.1 VBUSM.C Threads
          2. 8.2.4.1.2 Class of Service (CoS)
          3. 8.2.4.1.3 AXI Write Data All-Strobes
          4. 8.2.4.1.4 Inline ECC for SDRAM Data
            1. 8.2.4.1.4.1 ECC Cache
            2. 8.2.4.1.4.2 ECC Statistics
          5. 8.2.4.1.5 Opcode Checking
          6. 8.2.4.1.6 Address Alias Prevention
          7. 8.2.4.1.7 Data Error Detection and Correction
          8. 8.2.4.1.8 AXI Bus Timeout
        2. 8.2.4.2 DDRSS Interrupts
        3. 8.2.4.3 DDRSS Memory Regions
        4. 8.2.4.4 DDRSS ECC Support
        5. 8.2.4.5 DDRSS Dynamic Frequency Change Interface
        6. 8.2.4.6 DDR Controller Functional Description
          1. 8.2.4.6.1  DDR PHY Interface (DFI)
          2. 8.2.4.6.2  Command Queue
            1. 8.2.4.6.2.1 Placement Logic
            2. 8.2.4.6.2.2 Command Selection Logic
          3. 8.2.4.6.3  Low Power Control
          4. 8.2.4.6.4  Transaction Processing
          5. 8.2.4.6.5  BIST Engine
          6. 8.2.4.6.6  ECC Engine
          7. 8.2.4.6.7  Address Mapping
          8. 8.2.4.6.8  Paging Policy
          9. 8.2.4.6.9  DDR Controller Initialization
          10. 8.2.4.6.10 Programming LPDDR4 Memories
            1. 8.2.4.6.10.1 Frequency Set Point (FSP)
              1. 8.2.4.6.10.1.1 FSP Mode Register Programming During Initialization
              2. 8.2.4.6.10.1.2 FSP Mode Register Programming During Normal Operation
              3. 8.2.4.6.10.1.3 FSP Mode Register Programming During Dynamic Frequency Scaling
            2. 8.2.4.6.10.2 Data Bus Inversion (DBI)
            3. 8.2.4.6.10.3 On-Die Termination
              1. 8.2.4.6.10.3.1 LPDDR4 DQ ODT
              2. 8.2.4.6.10.3.2 LPDDR4 CA ODT
            4. 8.2.4.6.10.4 Byte Lane Swapping
            5. 8.2.4.6.10.5 DQS Interval Oscillator
              1. 8.2.4.6.10.5.1 Oscillator State Machine
            6. 8.2.4.6.10.6 Per-Bank Refresh (PBR)
              1. 8.2.4.6.10.6.1 Normal Operation
              2. 8.2.4.6.10.6.2 Continuous Refresh Request Mode
        7. 8.2.4.7 DDR PHY Functional Description
          1. 8.2.4.7.1  Data Slice
          2. 8.2.4.7.2  Address Slice
            1. 8.2.4.7.2.1 Address Swapping
          3. 8.2.4.7.3  Address/Control Slice
          4. 8.2.4.7.4  Clock Slice
          5. 8.2.4.7.5  DDR PHY Initialization
          6. 8.2.4.7.6  DDR PHY Dynamic Frequency Scaling (DFS)
          7. 8.2.4.7.7  Chip Select and Frequency Based Register Settings
          8. 8.2.4.7.8  Low-Power Modes
          9. 8.2.4.7.9  Training Support
            1. 8.2.4.7.9.1 Write Leveling
            2. 8.2.4.7.9.2 Read Gate Training
            3. 8.2.4.7.9.3 Read Data Eye Training
            4. 8.2.4.7.9.4 Write DQ Training
            5. 8.2.4.7.9.5 CA Training
            6. 8.2.4.7.9.6 CS Training
          10. 8.2.4.7.10 Data Bus Inversion (DBI)
          11. 8.2.4.7.11 I/O Pad Calibration
          12. 8.2.4.7.12 DQS Error
        8. 8.2.4.8 PI Functional Description
          1. 8.2.4.8.1 PI Initialization
      5. 8.2.5 DDRSS Registers
        1. 8.2.5.1 DDR Subsystem Registers
        2. 8.2.5.2 DDR Controller Registers
        3. 8.2.5.3 PI Registers
        4. 8.2.5.4 DDR PHY Registers
        5. 8.2.5.5 DDRSS0_ECC_AGGR_CTL Registers
        6. 8.2.5.6 DDRSS0_ECC_AGGR_VBUS Registers
        7. 8.2.5.7 DDRSS0_ECC_AGGR_CFG Registers
    3. 8.3 Peripheral Virtualization Unit (PVU)
      1. 8.3.1 PVU Overview
        1. 8.3.1.1 PVU Features
        2. 8.3.1.2 PVU Parameters
        3. 8.3.1.3 PVU Not Supported Features
      2. 8.3.2 PVU Integration
      3. 8.3.3 PVU Functional Description
        1. 8.3.3.1  Functional Operation Overview
        2. 8.3.3.2  PVU Channels
        3. 8.3.3.3  TLB
        4. 8.3.3.4  TLB Entry
        5. 8.3.3.5  TLB Selection
        6. 8.3.3.6  DMA Classes
        7. 8.3.3.7  General virtIDs
        8. 8.3.3.8  TLB Lookup
        9. 8.3.3.9  TLB Miss
        10. 8.3.3.10 Multiple Matching Entries
        11. 8.3.3.11 TLB Disable
        12. 8.3.3.12 TLB Chaining
        13. 8.3.3.13 TLB Permissions
        14. 8.3.3.14 Translation
        15. 8.3.3.15 Memory Attributes
        16. 8.3.3.16 Faulted Transactions
        17. 8.3.3.17 Non-Virtual Transactions
        18. 8.3.3.18 Allowed virtIDs
        19. 8.3.3.19 Software Control
        20. 8.3.3.20 Fault Logging
        21. 8.3.3.21 Alignment Restrictions
      4. 8.3.4 PVU Registers
        1. 8.3.4.1 NAVSS_PVU_CFG Registers
        2. 8.3.4.2 NAVSS0_PVU_CFG_TLBIF Registers
    4. 8.4 Region-based Address Translation (RAT) Module
      1. 8.4.1 RAT Functional Description
        1. 8.4.1.1 RAT Availability
        2. 8.4.1.2 RAT Operation
        3. 8.4.1.3 RAT Error Logging
      2. 8.4.2 RAT Registers
  11. 9 Interrupts
    1. 9.1 Interrupt Architecture
    2. 9.2 Interrupt Controllers
      1. 9.2.1 Generic Interrupt Controller (GIC)
        1. 9.2.1.1 GIC Overview
          1. 9.2.1.1.1 GIC Features
          2. 9.2.1.1.2 GIC Not Supported Features
        2. 9.2.1.2 GIC Integration
        3. 9.2.1.3 GIC Functional Description
          1. 9.2.1.3.1 GIC Block Diagram
          2. 9.2.1.3.2 Arm GIC-500
          3. 9.2.1.3.3 GIC Interrupt Types
          4. 9.2.1.3.4 GIC Interfaces
          5. 9.2.1.3.5 GIC Interrupt Outputs
          6. 9.2.1.3.6 GIC ECC Support
          7. 9.2.1.3.7 GIC AXI2VBUSM and VBUSM2AXI Bridges
        4. 9.2.1.4 GIC Registers
          1. 9.2.1.4.1 Arm GIC-500 Registers
          2. 9.2.1.4.2 GIC_ECC_AGGR Registers
      2. 9.2.2 Other Interrupt Controllers
    3. 9.3 Interrupt Routers
      1. 9.3.1 INTRTR Overview
      2. 9.3.2 INTRTR Integration
        1. 9.3.2.1 WKUP_GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Integration
        2. 9.3.2.2 GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Integration
        3. 9.3.2.3 MAIN2MCU_LVL_INTRTR0 Integration
        4. 9.3.2.4 MAIN2MCU_PLS_INTRTR0 Integration
      3. 9.3.3 INTRTR Registers
        1. 9.3.3.1 WKUP_GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Registers
        2. 9.3.3.2 GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Registers
        3. 9.3.3.3 MAIN2MCU_LVL_INTRTR0 Registers
        4. 9.3.3.4 MAIN2MCU_PLS_INTRTR0 Registers
    4. 9.4 Interrupt Sources
      1. 9.4.1 WKUP Domain Interrupt Maps
        1. 9.4.1.1 WKUP_DMSC0 Interrupt Map
        2. 9.4.1.2 WKUP_GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Interrupt Map
        3. 9.4.1.3 WKUP_GPIO0_VIRT Interrupt Map
        4. 9.4.1.4 WKUP_ESM0 Interrupt Map
      2. 9.4.2 MCU Domain Interrupt Maps
        1. 9.4.2.1 MCU_R5FSS0_CORE0 Interrupt Map
        2. 9.4.2.2 MCU_R5FSS0_CORE1 Interrupt Map
        3. 9.4.2.3 MCU_ESM0 Interrupt Map
      3. 9.4.3 MAIN Domain Interrupt Maps
        1. 9.4.3.1 COMPUTE_CLUSTER0 Interrupt Map
          1. 9.4.3.1.1 GIC500 PPI Interrupt Map
          2. 9.4.3.1.2 GIC500 SPI Interrupt Map
          3. 9.4.3.1.3 SoC Event Output Interrupt Map
        2. 9.4.3.2 R5FSS0_CORE0 Interrupt Map
        3. 9.4.3.3 R5FSS0_CORE1 Interrupt Map
        4. 9.4.3.4 MAIN2MCU_LVL_INTRTR0 Interrupt Map
        5. 9.4.3.5 MAIN2MCU_PLS_INTRTR0 Interrupt Map
        6. 9.4.3.6 GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Interrupt Map
        7. 9.4.3.7 GPIO0_VIRT Interrupt Map
        8. 9.4.3.8 ESM0 Interrupt Map
  12. 10Data Movement Architecture (DMA)
    1. 10.1 DMA Architecture
      1. 10.1.1 Overview
        1. 10.1.1.1  Navigator Subsystem
        2. 10.1.1.2  Ring Accelerator (RA)
        3. 10.1.1.3  Proxy
        4. 10.1.1.4  Secure Proxy
        5. 10.1.1.5  Interrupt Aggregator (INTA)
        6. 10.1.1.6  Interrupt Router (IR)
        7. 10.1.1.7  Unified DMA – Third Party Channel Controller (UDMA-C)
        8. 10.1.1.8  Unified Transfer Controller (UTC)
        9. 10.1.1.9  Data Routing Unit (DRU)
        10. 10.1.1.10 Unified DMA – Peripheral Root Complex (UDMA-P)
          1. 10.1.1.10.1 Channel Classes
        11. 10.1.1.11 Peripheral DMA (PDMA)
        12. 10.1.1.12 Embedded DMA
        13. 10.1.1.13 Definition of Terms
      2. 10.1.2 DMA Hardware/Software Interface
        1. 10.1.2.1 Data Buffers
        2. 10.1.2.2 Descriptors
          1. 10.1.2.2.1 Host Packet Descriptor
          2. 10.1.2.2.2 Host Buffer Descriptor
          3. 10.1.2.2.3 Monolithic Packet Descriptor
          4. 10.1.2.2.4 Transfer Request Descriptor
        3. 10.1.2.3 Transfer Request Record
          1. 10.1.2.3.1 Overview
          2. 10.1.2.3.2 Addressing Algorithm
            1. 10.1.2.3.2.1 Linear Addressing (Forward)
          3. 10.1.2.3.3 Transfer Request Formats
          4. 10.1.2.3.4 Flags Field Definition
            1. 10.1.2.3.4.1 Type: TR Type Field
            2. 10.1.2.3.4.2 STATIC: Static Field Definition
            3. 10.1.2.3.4.3 EVENT_SIZE: Event Generation Definition
            4. 10.1.2.3.4.4 TRIGGER INFO: TR Triggers
            5. 10.1.2.3.4.5 TRIGGERX_TYPE: Trigger Type
            6. 10.1.2.3.4.6 TRIGGERX: Trigger Selection
            7. 10.1.2.3.4.7 CMD ID: Command ID Field Definition
            8. 10.1.2.3.4.8 Configuration Specific Flags Definition
          5. 10.1.2.3.5 TR Address and Size Attributes
            1. 10.1.2.3.5.1  ICNT0
            2. 10.1.2.3.5.2  ICNT1
            3. 10.1.2.3.5.3  ADDR
            4. 10.1.2.3.5.4  DIM1
            5. 10.1.2.3.5.5  ICNT2
            6. 10.1.2.3.5.6  ICNT3
            7. 10.1.2.3.5.7  DIM2
            8. 10.1.2.3.5.8  DIM3
            9. 10.1.2.3.5.9  DDIM1
            10. 10.1.2.3.5.10 DADDR
            11. 10.1.2.3.5.11 DDIM2
            12. 10.1.2.3.5.12 DDIM3
            13. 10.1.2.3.5.13 DICNT0
            14. 10.1.2.3.5.14 DICNT1
            15. 10.1.2.3.5.15 DICNT2
            16. 10.1.2.3.5.16 DICNT3
          6. 10.1.2.3.6 FMTFLAGS
            1. 10.1.2.3.6.1 AMODE: Addressing Mode Definition
              1. 10.1.2.3.6.1.1 Linear Addressing
              2. 10.1.2.3.6.1.2 Circular Addressing
            2. 10.1.2.3.6.2 DIR: Addressing Mode Direction Definition
            3. 10.1.2.3.6.3 ELTYPE: Element Type Definition
            4. 10.1.2.3.6.4 DFMT: Data Formatting Algorithm Definition
            5. 10.1.2.3.6.5 SECTR: Secondary Transfer Request Definition
              1. 10.1.2.3.6.5.1 Secondary TR Formats
              2. 10.1.2.3.6.5.2 Secondary TR FLAGS
                1. 10.1.2.3.6.5.2.1 SEC_TR_TYPE: Secondary TR Type Field
                2. 10.1.2.3.6.5.2.2 Multiple Buffer Interleave
            6. 10.1.2.3.6.6 AMODE SPECIFIC: Addressing Mode Field
              1. 10.1.2.3.6.6.1 Circular Address Mode Specific Flags
                1. 10.1.2.3.6.6.1.1 CBK0 and CBK1: Circular Block Size Selection
                2. 10.1.2.3.6.6.1.2 Amx: Addressing Mode Selection
            7. 10.1.2.3.6.7 Cache Flags
        4. 10.1.2.4 Transfer Response Record
          1. 10.1.2.4.1 STATUS Field Definition
            1. 10.1.2.4.1.1 STATUS_TYPE Definition
              1. 10.1.2.4.1.1.1 Transfer Error
              2. 10.1.2.4.1.1.2 Aborted Error
              3. 10.1.2.4.1.1.3 Submission Error
              4. 10.1.2.4.1.1.4 Unsupported Feature
              5. 10.1.2.4.1.1.5 Transfer Exception
              6. 10.1.2.4.1.1.6 Teardown Flush
        5. 10.1.2.5 Queues
          1. 10.1.2.5.1 Queue Types
            1. 10.1.2.5.1.1 Transmit Queues (Pass By Reference)
            2. 10.1.2.5.1.2 Transmit Queues (Pass By Value)
            3. 10.1.2.5.1.3 Transmit Completion Queues (Pass By Reference)
            4. 10.1.2.5.1.4 Transmit Completion Queues (Pass By Value)
            5. 10.1.2.5.1.5 Receive Queues
            6. 10.1.2.5.1.6 Free Descriptor Queues
            7. 10.1.2.5.1.7 Free Descriptor/Buffer Queues
          2. 10.1.2.5.2 Ring Accelerator Queues Implementation
      3. 10.1.3 Operational Description
        1. 10.1.3.1  Resource Allocation
        2. 10.1.3.2  Ring Accelerator Operation
          1. 10.1.3.2.1 Queue Initialization
          2. 10.1.3.2.2 Queuing packets (Exposed Ring Mode)
          3. 10.1.3.2.3 De-queuing packets (Exposed Ring Mode)
          4. 10.1.3.2.4 Queuing packets (Queue Mode)
          5. 10.1.3.2.5 De-queuing packets (Queue Mode)
        3. 10.1.3.3  UDMA Internal Transmit Channel Setup (All Packet Types)
        4. 10.1.3.4  UDMA Internal Transmit Channel Teardown (All Packet Types)
        5. 10.1.3.5  UDMA External Transmit Channel Setup
        6. 10.1.3.6  UDMA Transmit External Channel Teardown
        7. 10.1.3.7  UDMA-P Transmit Channel Pause
        8. 10.1.3.8  UDMA-P Transmit Operation (Host Packet Type)
        9. 10.1.3.9  UDMA-P Transmit Operation (Monolithic Packet)
        10. 10.1.3.10 UDMA Transmit Operation (TR Packet)
        11. 10.1.3.11 UDMA Transmit Operation (Direct TR)
        12. 10.1.3.12 UDMA Transmit Error/Exception Handling
          1. 10.1.3.12.1 Null Icnt0 Error
          2. 10.1.3.12.2 Unsupported TR Type
          3. 10.1.3.12.3 Bus Errors
        13. 10.1.3.13 UDMA Receive Channel Setup (All Packet Types)
        14. 10.1.3.14 UDMA Receive Channel Teardown
        15. 10.1.3.15 UDMA-P Receive Channel Pause
        16. 10.1.3.16 UDMA-P Receive Free Descriptor/Buffer Queue Setup (Host Packets)
        17. 10.1.3.17 UDMA-P Receive FlowID Firewall Operation
        18. 10.1.3.18 UDMA-P Receive Operation (Host Packet)
        19. 10.1.3.19 UDMA-P Receive Operation (Monolithic Packet)
        20. 10.1.3.20 UDMA Receive Operation (TR Packet)
        21. 10.1.3.21 UDMA Receive Operation (Direct TR)
        22. 10.1.3.22 UDMA Receive Error/Exception Handling
          1. 10.1.3.22.1 Error Conditions
            1. 10.1.3.22.1.1 Bus Errors
            2. 10.1.3.22.1.2 Null Icnt0 Error
            3. 10.1.3.22.1.3 Unsupported TR Type
          2. 10.1.3.22.2 Exception Conditions Exception Conditions
            1. 10.1.3.22.2.1 Descriptor Starvation
            2. 10.1.3.22.2.2 Protocol Errors
            3. 10.1.3.22.2.3 Dropped Packets
            4. 10.1.3.22.2.4 Reception of EOL Delimiter
            5. 10.1.3.22.2.5 EOP Asserted Prematurely (Short Packet)
            6. 10.1.3.22.2.6 EOP Asserted Late (Long Packets)
        23. 10.1.3.23 UTC Operation
        24. 10.1.3.24 UTC Receive Error/Exception Handling
          1. 10.1.3.24.1 Error Handling
            1. 10.1.3.24.1.1 Null Icnt0 Error
            2. 10.1.3.24.1.2 Unsupported TR Type
          2. 10.1.3.24.2 Exception Conditions
            1. 10.1.3.24.2.1 Reception of EOL Delimiter
            2. 10.1.3.24.2.2 EOP Asserted Prematurely (Short Packet)
            3. 10.1.3.24.2.3 EOP Asserted Late (Long Packets)
    2. 10.2 Navigator Subsystem (NAVSS)
      1. 10.2.1  Main Navigator Subsystem (NAVSS)
        1. 10.2.1.1 NAVSS Overview
        2. 10.2.1.2 NAVSS Integration
          1. 10.2.1.2.1 NAVSS Interrupt Router Configuration
          2. 10.2.1.2.2 Global Event Map
          3. 10.2.1.2.3 PSI-L System Thread Map (All NAVSS)
          4. 10.2.1.2.4 NAVSS VBUSM Route ID Table
        3. 10.2.1.3 NAVSS Functional Description
        4. 10.2.1.4 NAVSS Interrupt Configuration
          1. 10.2.1.4.1 NAVSS Event and Interrupt Flow
            1. 10.2.1.4.1.1 NAVSS Interrupts Description
            2. 10.2.1.4.1.2 Application Example
        5. 10.2.1.5 NAVSS Top-level Registers
          1. 10.2.1.5.1 NAVSS0_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.1.5.2 INTR0_INTR_ROUTER_CFG Registers
          3. 10.2.1.5.3 VIRTID_CFG_MMRS Registers
      2. 10.2.2  MCU Navigator Subsystem (MCU NAVSS)
        1. 10.2.2.1 MCU NAVSS Overview
        2. 10.2.2.2 MCU NAVSS Integration
          1. 10.2.2.2.1  MCU NAVSS Interrupt Router Configuration
          2. 10.2.2.2.2  MCU NAVSS UDMASS Interrupt Aggregator Configuration
          3. 10.2.2.2.3  MCU NAVSS UDMA Configuration
          4. 10.2.2.2.4  MCU NAVSS Ring Accelerator Configuration
          5. 10.2.2.2.5  MCU NAVSS Proxy Configuration
          6. 10.2.2.2.6  MCU NAVSS Secure Proxy Configuration
          7. 10.2.2.2.7  Global Event Map
          8. 10.2.2.2.8  PSI-L System Thread Map (All NAVSS)
          9. 10.2.2.2.9  MCU NAVSS VBUSM Route ID Table
          10. 10.2.2.2.10 1008
        3. 10.2.2.3 MCU NAVSS Functional Description
        4. 10.2.2.4 MCU NAVSS Top-Level Registers
          1. 10.2.2.4.1 MCU_NAVSS0_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.2.4.2 MCU_NAVSS0_UDMASS_ECCAGGR0 Registers
      3. 10.2.3  Unified DMA Controller (UDMA)
        1. 10.2.3.1 UDMA Overview
          1. 10.2.3.1.1 UDMA Features
          2. 10.2.3.1.2 UDMA Parameters
        2. 10.2.3.2 UDMA Integration
        3. 10.2.3.3 UDMA Functional Description
          1. 10.2.3.3.1 Block Diagram
          2. 10.2.3.3.2 General Functionality
            1. 10.2.3.3.2.1  Operational States
            2. 10.2.3.3.2.2  Tx Channel Allocation
            3. 10.2.3.3.2.3  Rx Channel Allocation
            4. 10.2.3.3.2.4  Tx Teardown
            5. 10.2.3.3.2.5  Rx Teardown
            6. 10.2.3.3.2.6  Tx Clock Stop
            7. 10.2.3.3.2.7  Rx Clock Stop
            8. 10.2.3.3.2.8  Rx Thread Enables
            9. 10.2.3.3.2.9  Events
              1. 10.2.3.3.2.9.1 Local Event Inputs
              2. 10.2.3.3.2.9.2 Inbound Tx PSI-L Events
              3. 10.2.3.3.2.9.3 Outbound Rx PSI-L Events
            10. 10.2.3.3.2.10 Emulation Control
          3. 10.2.3.3.3 Packet Oriented Transmit Operation
            1. 10.2.3.3.3.1 Packet Mode VBUSM Master Interface Command ID Selection
          4. 10.2.3.3.4 Packet Oriented Receive Operation
            1. 10.2.3.3.4.1 Rx Packet Drop
            2. 10.2.3.3.4.2 Rx Starvation and the Starvation Timer
          5. 10.2.3.3.5 Third Party Mode Operation
            1. 10.2.3.3.5.1 Events and Flow Control
              1. 10.2.3.3.5.1.1 Channel Triggering
              2. 10.2.3.3.5.1.2 Internal TR Completion Events
            2. 10.2.3.3.5.2 Transmit Operation
              1. 10.2.3.3.5.2.1 Transfer Request
              2. 10.2.3.3.5.2.2 Transfer Response
              3. 10.2.3.3.5.2.3 Data Transfer
              4. 10.2.3.3.5.2.4 Memory Interface Transactions
              5. 10.2.3.3.5.2.5 Error Handling
            3. 10.2.3.3.5.3 Receive Operation
              1. 10.2.3.3.5.3.1 Transfer Request
              2. 10.2.3.3.5.3.2 Transfer Response
              3. 10.2.3.3.5.3.3 Error Handling
            4. 10.2.3.3.5.4 Data Transfer
              1. 10.2.3.3.5.4.1 Memory Interface Transactions
              2. 10.2.3.3.5.4.2 Rx Packet Drop
        4. 10.2.3.4 UDMA Registers
          1. 10.2.3.4.1 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.3.4.2 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG_TCHAN Registers
          3. 10.2.3.4.3 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG_RCHAN Registers
          4. 10.2.3.4.4 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG_RFLOW Registers
          5. 10.2.3.4.5 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG_RCHANRT Registers
          6. 10.2.3.4.6 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG_TCHANRT Registers
      4. 10.2.4  Ring Accelerator (RINGACC)
        1. 10.2.4.1 RINGACC Overview
          1. 10.2.4.1.1 RINGACC Features
          2. 10.2.4.1.2 RINGACC Not Supported Features
          3. 10.2.4.1.3 RINGACC Parameters
        2. 10.2.4.2 RINGACC Integration
        3. 10.2.4.3 RINGACC Functional Description
          1. 10.2.4.3.1 Block Diagram
            1. 10.2.4.3.1.1  Configuration Registers
            2. 10.2.4.3.1.2  Source Command FIFO
            3. 10.2.4.3.1.3  Source Write Data FIFO
            4. 10.2.4.3.1.4  Source Read Data FIFO
            5. 10.2.4.3.1.5  Source Write Status FIFO
            6. 10.2.4.3.1.6  Main State Machine
            7. 10.2.4.3.1.7  Destination Command FIFO
            8. 10.2.4.3.1.8  Destination Write Data FIFO
            9. 10.2.4.3.1.9  Destination Read Data FIFO
            10. 10.2.4.3.1.10 Destination Write Status FIFO
          2. 10.2.4.3.2 RINGACC Functional Operation
            1. 10.2.4.3.2.1 Queue Modes
              1. 10.2.4.3.2.1.1 Ring Mode
              2. 10.2.4.3.2.1.2 Messaging Mode
              3. 10.2.4.3.2.1.3 Credentials Mode
              4. 10.2.4.3.2.1.4 Queue Manager Mode
              5. 10.2.4.3.2.1.5 Peek Support
              6. 10.2.4.3.2.1.6 Index Register Operation
            2. 10.2.4.3.2.2 VBUSM Slave Ring Operations
            3. 10.2.4.3.2.3 VBUSM Master Interface Command ID Selection
            4. 10.2.4.3.2.4 Ring Push Operation (VBUSM Write to Source Interface)
            5. 10.2.4.3.2.5 Ring Pop Operation (VBUSM Read from Source Interface)
            6. 10.2.4.3.2.6 Host Doorbell Access
            7. 10.2.4.3.2.7 Queue Push Operation (VBUSM Write to Source Interface)
            8. 10.2.4.3.2.8 Queue Pop Operation (VBUSM Read from Source Interface)
            9. 10.2.4.3.2.9 Mismatched Element Size Handling
          3. 10.2.4.3.3 Events
          4. 10.2.4.3.4 Bus Error Handling
          5. 10.2.4.3.5 Monitors
            1. 10.2.4.3.5.1 Threshold Monitor
            2. 10.2.4.3.5.2 Watermark Monitor
            3. 10.2.4.3.5.3 Starvation Monitor
            4. 10.2.4.3.5.4 Statistics Monitor
            5. 10.2.4.3.5.5 Overflow
            6. 10.2.4.3.5.6 Ring Update Port
            7. 10.2.4.3.5.7 Tracing
        4. 10.2.4.4 RINGACC Registers
          1. 10.2.4.4.1 NAVSS0_UDMASS_RINGACC0_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.4.4.2 NAVSS0_UDMASS_RINGACC0_GCFG Registers
          3. 10.2.4.4.3 NAVSS0_UDMASS_RINGACC0_CFG_MON Registers
          4. 10.2.4.4.4 NAVSS0_UDMASS_RINGACC0_CFG_RT Registers
          5. 10.2.4.4.5 NAVSS0_UDMASS_RINGACC0_SRC_FIFOS Registers
      5. 10.2.5  Proxy
        1. 10.2.5.1 Proxy Overview
          1. 10.2.5.1.1 Proxy Features
          2. 10.2.5.1.2 Proxy Parameters
          3. 10.2.5.1.3 Proxy Not Supported Features
        2. 10.2.5.2 Proxy Integration
        3. 10.2.5.3 Proxy Functional Description
          1. 10.2.5.3.1  Targets
            1. 10.2.5.3.1.1 Ring Accelerator
          2. 10.2.5.3.2  Proxy Sizes
          3. 10.2.5.3.3  Proxy Interleaving
          4. 10.2.5.3.4  Proxy Host States
          5. 10.2.5.3.5  Proxy Host Channel Selection
          6. 10.2.5.3.6  Proxy Host Access
            1. 10.2.5.3.6.1 Proxy Host Writes
            2. 10.2.5.3.6.2 Proxy Host Reads
          7. 10.2.5.3.7  Permission Inheritance
          8. 10.2.5.3.8  Buffer Size
          9. 10.2.5.3.9  Error Events
          10. 10.2.5.3.10 Debug Reads
        4. 10.2.5.4 Proxy Registers
          1. 10.2.5.4.1 NAVSS0_PROXY0_CFG_BUF_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.5.4.2 NAVSS0_PROXY0_BUF_CFG Registers
          3. 10.2.5.4.3 NAVSS0_PROXY_BUF Registers
          4. 10.2.5.4.4 NAVSS0_PROXY_TARGET0_DATA Registers
      6. 10.2.6  Secure Proxy
        1. 10.2.6.1 Secure Proxy Overview
          1. 10.2.6.1.1 Secure Proxy Features
          2. 10.2.6.1.2 Secure Proxy Parameters
          3. 10.2.6.1.3 Secure Proxy Not Supported Features
        2. 10.2.6.2 Secure Proxy Integration
        3. 10.2.6.3 Secure Proxy Functional Description
          1. 10.2.6.3.1  Targets
            1. 10.2.6.3.1.1 Ring Accelerator
          2. 10.2.6.3.2  Buffers
            1. 10.2.6.3.2.1 Proxy Credits
            2. 10.2.6.3.2.2 Proxy Private Word
            3. 10.2.6.3.2.3 Completion Byte
          3. 10.2.6.3.3  Proxy Thread Sizes
          4. 10.2.6.3.4  Proxy Thread Interleaving
          5. 10.2.6.3.5  Proxy States
          6. 10.2.6.3.6  Proxy Host Access
            1. 10.2.6.3.6.1 Proxy Host Writes
            2. 10.2.6.3.6.2 Proxy Host Reads
            3. 10.2.6.3.6.3 Buffer Accesses
            4. 10.2.6.3.6.4 Target Access
            5. 10.2.6.3.6.5 Error State
          7. 10.2.6.3.7  Permission Inheritance
          8. 10.2.6.3.8  Resource Association
          9. 10.2.6.3.9  Direction
          10. 10.2.6.3.10 Threshold Events
          11. 10.2.6.3.11 Error Events
          12. 10.2.6.3.12 Bus Errors and Credits
          13. 10.2.6.3.13 Debug
        4. 10.2.6.4 Secure Proxy Registers
          1. 10.2.6.4.1 NAVSS0_SEC_PROXY0_CFG_MMRS Registers
          2. 10.2.6.4.2 NAVSS0_SEC_PROXY0_CFG_RT Registers
          3. 10.2.6.4.3 NAVSS0_SEC_PROXY0_CFG_SCFG Registers
          4. 10.2.6.4.4 NAVSS0_SEC_PROXY0_SRC_TARGET_DATA Registers
      7. 10.2.7  Interrupt Aggregator (INTR_AGGR)
        1. 10.2.7.1 INTR_AGGR Overview
          1. 10.2.7.1.1 INTR_AGGR Features
          2. 10.2.7.1.2 INTR_AGGR Parameters
        2. 10.2.7.2 INTR_AGGR Integration
        3. 10.2.7.3 INTR_AGGR Functional Description
          1. 10.2.7.3.1 Submodule Descriptions
            1. 10.2.7.3.1.1 Status/Mask Registers
            2. 10.2.7.3.1.2 Interrupt Mapping Block
            3. 10.2.7.3.1.3 Global Event Input (GEVI) Counters
            4. 10.2.7.3.1.4 Local Event Input (LEVI) to Global Event Conversion
            5. 10.2.7.3.1.5 Global Event Multicast
          2. 10.2.7.3.2 General Functionality
            1. 10.2.7.3.2.1 Event to Interrupt Bit Steering
            2. 10.2.7.3.2.2 Interrupt Status
            3. 10.2.7.3.2.3 Interrupt Masked Status
            4. 10.2.7.3.2.4 Enabling/Disabling Individual Interrupt Source Bits
            5. 10.2.7.3.2.5 Interrupt Output Generation
            6. 10.2.7.3.2.6 Global Event Counting
            7. 10.2.7.3.2.7 Local Event to Global Event Conversion
            8. 10.2.7.3.2.8 Global Event Multicast
        4. 10.2.7.4 INTR_AGGR Registers
          1. 10.2.7.4.1  MODSS_INTA_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.7.4.2  MODSS_INTA_CFG_IMAP Registers
          3. 10.2.7.4.3  MODSS_INTA_CFG_INTR Registers
          4. 10.2.7.4.4  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG Registers
          5. 10.2.7.4.5  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_INTR Registers
          6. 10.2.7.4.6  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_IMAP Registers
          7. 10.2.7.4.7  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_L2G Registers
          8. 10.2.7.4.8  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_MCAST Registers
          9. 10.2.7.4.9  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_GCNTCFG Registers
          10. 10.2.7.4.10 UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_GCNTRTI Registers
      8. 10.2.8  Packet Streaming Interface Link (PSI-L)
        1. 10.2.8.1 PSI-L Overview
        2. 10.2.8.2 PSI-L Functional Description
          1. 10.2.8.2.1 PSI-L Introduction
          2. 10.2.8.2.2 PSI-L Operation
            1. 10.2.8.2.2.1 Event Transport
            2. 10.2.8.2.2.2 Threads
            3. 10.2.8.2.2.3 Arbitration Protocol
            4. 10.2.8.2.2.4 Thread Configuration
              1. 10.2.8.2.2.4.1 Thread Pairing
                1. 10.2.8.2.2.4.1.1 Configuration Transaction Pairing
              2. 10.2.8.2.2.4.2 Configuration Registers Region
        3. 10.2.8.3 PSI-L Configuration Registers
        4. 10.2.8.4 PSI-L CFG_PROXY Registers
      9. 10.2.9  PSIL Subsystem (PSILSS)
        1. 10.2.9.1 PSILSS Overview
          1. 10.2.9.1.1 PSILSS Features
        2. 10.2.9.2 PSILSS Functional Description
          1. 10.2.9.2.1 PSILSS Basic Operation
          2. 10.2.9.2.2 PSILSS Event Routing
          3. 10.2.9.2.3 PSILSS Link Down Detection
          4. 10.2.9.2.4 PSILSS Configuration
        3. 10.2.9.3 PSILSS Registers
          1. 10.2.9.3.1 PDMA_USART_PSILSS0 Registers
          2. 10.2.9.3.2 PDMA_SPI_PSILSS0 Registers
      10. 10.2.10 NAVSS North Bridge (NB)
        1. 10.2.10.1 NB Overview
          1. 10.2.10.1.1 Features Supported
          2. 10.2.10.1.2 NB Parameters
            1. 10.2.10.1.2.1 Compliance to Standards
            2. 10.2.10.1.2.2 Features Not Supported
        2. 10.2.10.2 NB Functional Description
          1. 10.2.10.2.1  VBUSM Slave Interfaces
          2. 10.2.10.2.2  VBUSM Master Interface
          3. 10.2.10.2.3  VBUSM.C Interfaces
            1. 10.2.10.2.3.1 Multi-Threading
            2. 10.2.10.2.3.2 Write Command Crediting
            3. 10.2.10.2.3.3 Early Credit Response
            4. 10.2.10.2.3.4 Priority Escalation
          4. 10.2.10.2.4  Source M2M Bridges
          5. 10.2.10.2.5  Destination M2M Bridge
          6. 10.2.10.2.6  M2C Bridge
          7. 10.2.10.2.7  Memory Attribute Tables
          8. 10.2.10.2.8  Outstanding Read Data Limiter
          9. 10.2.10.2.9  Ordering
          10. 10.2.10.2.10 Quality of Service
          11. 10.2.10.2.11 IDLE Behavior
          12. 10.2.10.2.12 Clock Power Management
        3. 10.2.10.3 NB Registers
          1. 10.2.10.3.1 NAVSS0_NBSS_CFG_REGS0_MMRS Registers
          2. 10.2.10.3.2 NAVSS0_NBSS_NB_CFG_MMRS Registers
    3. 10.3 Peripheral DMA (PDMA)
      1. 10.3.1 PDMA Controller
        1. 10.3.1.1 PDMA Overview
          1. 10.3.1.1.1 PDMA Features
            1. 10.3.1.1.1.1  MCU_PDMA0 (MCU_PDMA_MISC_G0) Features
            2. 10.3.1.1.1.2  MCU_PDMA1 (MCU_PDMA_MISC_G1) Features
            3. 10.3.1.1.1.3  MCU_PDMA2 (MCU_PDMA_MISC_G2) Features
            4. 10.3.1.1.1.4  MCU_PDMA3 (MCU_PDMA_ADC) Features
            5. 10.3.1.1.1.5  PDMA2 (PDMA_DEBUG_CCMCU) Features
            6. 10.3.1.1.1.6  PDMA5 (PDMA_MCAN) Features
            7. 10.3.1.1.1.7  PDMA6 (PDMA_MCASP_G0) Features
            8. 10.3.1.1.1.8  PDMA9 (PDMA_SPI_G0) Features
            9. 10.3.1.1.1.9  PDMA10 (PDMA_SPI_G1) Features
            10. 10.3.1.1.1.10 PDMA13 (PDMA_USART_G0) Features
            11. 10.3.1.1.1.11 PDMA14 (PDMA_USART_G1) Features
            12. 10.3.1.1.1.12 PDMA15 (PDMA_USART_G2) Features
        2. 10.3.1.2 PDMA Integration
          1. 10.3.1.2.1 PDMA Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 10.3.1.2.2 PDMA Integration in MAIN Domain
        3. 10.3.1.3 PDMA Functional Description
          1. 10.3.1.3.1 PDMA Functional Blocks
            1. 10.3.1.3.1.1 Scheduler
            2. 10.3.1.3.1.2 Tx Per-Channel Buffers (TCP FIFO)
            3. 10.3.1.3.1.3 Tx DMA Unit (Tx Engine)
            4. 10.3.1.3.1.4 Rx Per-Channel Buffers (RCP FIFO)
            5. 10.3.1.3.1.5 Rx DMA Unit (Rx Engine)
          2. 10.3.1.3.2 PDMA General Functionality
            1. 10.3.1.3.2.1 Operational States
            2. 10.3.1.3.2.2 Clock Stop
            3. 10.3.1.3.2.3 Emulation Control
          3. 10.3.1.3.3 PDMA Events and Flow Control
            1. 10.3.1.3.3.1 Channel Types
              1. 10.3.1.3.3.1.1 X-Y FIFO Mode
              2. 10.3.1.3.3.1.2 MCAN Mode
              3. 10.3.1.3.3.1.3 AASRC Mode
              4. 10.3.1.3.3.1.4 1290
            2. 10.3.1.3.3.2 Channel Triggering
            3. 10.3.1.3.3.3 Completion Events
          4. 10.3.1.3.4 PDMA Transmit Operation
            1. 10.3.1.3.4.1 Destination (Tx) Channel Allocation
            2. 10.3.1.3.4.2 Destination (Tx) Channel Out-of-Band Signals
            3. 10.3.1.3.4.3 Destination Channel Initialization
              1. 10.3.1.3.4.3.1 PSI-L Destination Thread Pairing
              2. 10.3.1.3.4.3.2 Static Transfer Request Setup
              3. 10.3.1.3.4.3.3 1299
              4. 10.3.1.3.4.3.4 PSI-L Destination Thread Enables
            4. 10.3.1.3.4.4 Data Transfer
              1. 10.3.1.3.4.4.1 X-Y FIFO Mode Channel
                1. 10.3.1.3.4.4.1.1 X-Y FIFO Burst Mode
              2. 10.3.1.3.4.4.2 MCAN Mode Channel
                1. 10.3.1.3.4.4.2.1 MCAN Burst Mode
              3. 10.3.1.3.4.4.3 AASRC Mode Channel
            5. 10.3.1.3.4.5 Tx Pause
            6. 10.3.1.3.4.6 Tx Teardown
            7. 10.3.1.3.4.7 Tx Channel Reset
            8. 10.3.1.3.4.8 Tx Debug/State Registers
          5. 10.3.1.3.5 PDMA Receive Operation
            1. 10.3.1.3.5.1 Source (Rx) Channel Allocation
            2. 10.3.1.3.5.2 Source Channel Initialization
              1. 10.3.1.3.5.2.1 PSI-L Source Thread Pairing
              2. 10.3.1.3.5.2.2 Static Transfer Request Setup
              3. 10.3.1.3.5.2.3 PSI-L Source Thread Enables
            3. 10.3.1.3.5.3 Data Transfer
              1. 10.3.1.3.5.3.1 X-Y FIFO Mode Channel
              2. 10.3.1.3.5.3.2 MCAN Mode Channel
                1. 10.3.1.3.5.3.2.1 MCAN Burst Mode
              3. 10.3.1.3.5.3.3 AASRC Mode Channel
            4. 10.3.1.3.5.4 Rx Pause
            5. 10.3.1.3.5.5 Rx Teardown
            6. 10.3.1.3.5.6 Rx Channel Reset
            7. 10.3.1.3.5.7 Rx Debug/State Register
          6. 10.3.1.3.6 PDMA ECC Support
        4. 10.3.1.4 PDMA Registers
          1. 10.3.1.4.1 PDMA5 ECC Registers
          2. 10.3.1.4.2 PDMA9 ECC Registers
          3. 10.3.1.4.3 PDMA10 ECC Registers
          4. 10.3.1.4.4 PDMA PSI-L TX Configuration Registers
          5. 10.3.1.4.5 PDMA PSI-L RX Configuration Registers
      2. 10.3.2 PDMA Sources
        1. 10.3.2.1 MCU Domain PDMA Event Maps
          1. 10.3.2.1.1 MCU_PDMA_MISC_G0 Event Map
          2. 10.3.2.1.2 MCU_PDMA_MISC_G1 Event Map
          3. 10.3.2.1.3 MCU_PDMA_MISC_G2 Event Map
          4. 10.3.2.1.4 MCU_PDMA_ADC Event Map
        2. 10.3.2.2 MAIN Domain PDMA Event Maps
          1. 10.3.2.2.1 PDMA_DEBUG_CCMCU Event Map
          2. 10.3.2.2.2 PDMA_MCAN Event Map
          3. 10.3.2.2.3 PDMA_MCASP_G0 Event Map
          4. 10.3.2.2.4 PDMA_SPI_G0 Event Map
          5. 10.3.2.2.5 PDMA_SPI_G1 Event Map
          6. 10.3.2.2.6 PDMA_USART_G0 Event Map
          7. 10.3.2.2.7 PDMA_USART_G1 Event Map
          8. 10.3.2.2.8 PDMA_USART_G2 Event Map
  13. 11Time Sync
    1. 11.1 Time Sync Module (CPTS)
      1. 11.1.1 CPTS Overview
        1. 11.1.1.1 CPTS Features
        2. 11.1.1.2 CPTS Not Supported Features
      2. 11.1.2 CPTS Integration
      3. 11.1.3 CPTS Functional Description
        1. 11.1.3.1  CPTS Architecture
        2. 11.1.3.2  CPTS Initialization
        3. 11.1.3.3  32-bit Time Stamp Value
        4. 11.1.3.4  64-bit Time Stamp Value
          1. 11.1.3.4.1 64-Bit Timestamp Nudge
          2. 11.1.3.4.2 64-bit Timestamp PPM
        5. 11.1.3.5  Event FIFO
        6. 11.1.3.6  Timestamp Compare Output
          1. 11.1.3.6.1 Non-Toggle Mode
          2. 11.1.3.6.2 Toggle Mode
        7. 11.1.3.7  Timestamp Sync Output
        8. 11.1.3.8  Timestamp GENF Output
          1. 11.1.3.8.1 GENFn Nudge
          2. 11.1.3.8.2 GENFn PPM
        9. 11.1.3.9  Time Sync Events
          1. 11.1.3.9.1 Time Stamp Push Event
          2. 11.1.3.9.2 Time Stamp Counter Rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
          3. 11.1.3.9.3 Time Stamp Counter Half-rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
          4. 11.1.3.9.4 Hardware Time Stamp Push Event
        10. 11.1.3.10 Timestamp Compare Event
        11. 11.1.3.11 CPTS Interrupt Handling
      4. 11.1.4 CPTS Registers
    2. 11.2 Timer Manager
      1. 11.2.1 Timer Manager Overview
        1. 11.2.1.1 Timer Manager Features
        2. 11.2.1.2 Timer Manager Not Supported Features
      2. 11.2.2 Timer Manager Integration
      3. 11.2.3 Timer Manager Functional Description
        1. 11.2.3.1 Timer Manager Function Overview
        2. 11.2.3.2 Timer Counter
          1. 11.2.3.2.1 Timer Counter Rollover
        3. 11.2.3.3 Timer Control Module (FSM)
        4. 11.2.3.4 Timer Reprogramming
          1. 11.2.3.4.1 Periodic Hardware Timers
        5. 11.2.3.5 Event FIFO
        6. 11.2.3.6 Output Event Lookup (OES RAM)
      4. 11.2.4 Timer Manager Programming Guide
        1. 11.2.4.1 Timer Manager Low-level Programming Models
          1. 11.2.4.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 11.2.4.1.2 Initialization Sequence
          3. 11.2.4.1.3 Real-time Operating Requirements
            1. 11.2.4.1.3.1 Timer Touch
            2. 11.2.4.1.3.2 Timer Disable
            3. 11.2.4.1.3.3 Timer Enable
          4. 11.2.4.1.4 Power Up/Power Down Sequence
      5. 11.2.5 Timer Manager Registers
        1. 11.2.5.1 TIMERMGR_CFG_CFG Registers
        2. 11.2.5.2 TIMERMGR_CFG_OES Registers
        3. 11.2.5.3 TIMERMGR_CFG_TIMERS Registers
    3. 11.3 Time Sync and Compare Events
      1. 11.3.1 Time Sync Architecture
        1. 11.3.1.1 Time Sync Architecture Overview
      2. 11.3.2 Time Sync Routers
        1. 11.3.2.1 Time Sync Routers Overview
        2. 11.3.2.2 Time Sync Routers Integration
          1. 11.3.2.2.1 TIMESYNC_INTRTR0 Integration
          2. 11.3.2.2.2 CMPEVT_INTRTR0 Integration
        3. 11.3.2.3 Time Sync Routers Registers
          1. 11.3.2.3.1 TIMESYNC_INTRTR0 Registers
          2. 11.3.2.3.2 CMPEVT_INTRTR0 Registers
      3. 11.3.3 Time Sync Event Sources
        1. 11.3.3.1 CMPEVT_INTRTR0 Event Map
        2. 11.3.3.2 TIMESYNC_INTRTR0 Event Map
        3. 11.3.3.3 DMSS0 Sync Event Map
        4. 11.3.3.4 PCIE1 Sync Event Map
        5. 11.3.3.5 MCU_CPSW0 Sync Event Map
        6. 11.3.3.6 CPSW0 Sync Event Map
        7. 11.3.3.7 I/O Sync Event Map
  14. 12Peripherals
    1. 12.1 General Connectivity Peripherals
      1. 12.1.1 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
        1. 12.1.1.1 ADC Overview
          1. 12.1.1.1.1 ADC Features
          2. 12.1.1.1.2 ADC Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.1.2 ADC Environment
          1. 12.1.1.2.1 ADC Interface Signals
        3. 12.1.1.3 ADC Integration
          1. 12.1.1.3.1 ADC Integration in MCU Domain
        4. 12.1.1.4 ADC Functional Description
          1. 12.1.1.4.1 ADC FSM Sequencer Functional Description
            1. 12.1.1.4.1.1 Step Enable
            2. 12.1.1.4.1.2 Step Configuration
              1. 12.1.1.4.1.2.1 One-Shot (Single) or Continuous Mode
              2. 12.1.1.4.1.2.2 Software- or Hardware-Enabled Steps
              3. 12.1.1.4.1.2.3 Averaging of Samples
              4. 12.1.1.4.1.2.4 Analog Multiplexer Input Select
              5. 12.1.1.4.1.2.5 Differential Control
              6. 12.1.1.4.1.2.6 FIFO Select
              7. 12.1.1.4.1.2.7 Range Check Interrupt Enable
            3. 12.1.1.4.1.3 Open Delay and Sample Delay
              1. 12.1.1.4.1.3.1 Open Delay
              2. 12.1.1.4.1.3.2 Sample Delay
            4. 12.1.1.4.1.4 Interrupts
            5. 12.1.1.4.1.5 Power Management
            6. 12.1.1.4.1.6 DMA Requests
          2. 12.1.1.4.2 ADC AFE Functional Description
            1. 12.1.1.4.2.1 AFE Functional Block Diagram
            2. 12.1.1.4.2.2 ADC GPI Integration
          3. 12.1.1.4.3 ADC FIFOs and DMA
            1. 12.1.1.4.3.1 FIFOs
            2. 12.1.1.4.3.2 DMA
          4. 12.1.1.4.4 ADC Error Correcting Code (ECC)
            1. 12.1.1.4.4.1 Testing ECC Error Injection
          5. 12.1.1.4.5 ADC Functional Internal Diagnostic Debug Mode
        5. 12.1.1.5 ADC Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.1.5.1 ADC Low-Level Programming Models
            1. 12.1.1.5.1.1 Global Initialization
              1. 12.1.1.5.1.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
              2. 12.1.1.5.1.1.2 General Programming Model
            2. 12.1.1.5.1.2 During Operation
        6. 12.1.1.6 ADC Registers
      2. 12.1.2 General-Purpose Interface (GPIO)
        1. 12.1.2.1 GPIO Overview
          1. 12.1.2.1.1 GPIO Features
          2. 12.1.2.1.2 GPIO Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.2.2 GPIO Environment
          1. 12.1.2.2.1 GPIO Interface Signals
        3. 12.1.2.3 GPIO Integration
          1. 12.1.2.3.1 GPIO Integration in WKUP Domain
          2. 12.1.2.3.2 GPIO Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.1.2.4 GPIO Functional Description
          1. 12.1.2.4.1 GPIO Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.2.4.2 GPIO Function
          3. 12.1.2.4.3 GPIO Interrupt and Event Generation
            1. 12.1.2.4.3.1 Interrupt Enable (per Bank)
            2. 12.1.2.4.3.2 Trigger Configuration (per Bit)
            3. 12.1.2.4.3.3 Interrupt Status and Clear (per Bit)
          4. 12.1.2.4.4 GPIO Interrupt Connectivity
          5. 12.1.2.4.5 GPIO DeepSleep Mode
          6. 12.1.2.4.6 GPIO Emulation Halt Operation
        5. 12.1.2.5 GPIO Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.2.5.1 GPIO Low-Level Programming Models
            1. 12.1.2.5.1.1 Global Initialization
              1. 12.1.2.5.1.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
              2. 12.1.2.5.1.1.2 GPIO Module Global Initialization
            2. 12.1.2.5.1.2 GPIO Operational Modes Configuration
              1. 12.1.2.5.1.2.1 GPIO Read Input Register
              2. 12.1.2.5.1.2.2 GPIO Set Bit Function
              3. 12.1.2.5.1.2.3 GPIO Clear Bit Function
        6. 12.1.2.6 GPIO Registers
      3. 12.1.3 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
        1. 12.1.3.1 I2C Overview
          1. 12.1.3.1.1 I2C Features
          2. 12.1.3.1.2 I2C Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.3.2 I2C Environment
          1. 12.1.3.2.1 I2C Typical Application
            1. 12.1.3.2.1.1 I2C Pins for Typical Connections in I2C Mode
            2. 12.1.3.2.1.2 I2C Interface Typical Connections
            3. 12.1.3.2.1.3 1503
          2. 12.1.3.2.2 I2C Typical Connection Protocol and Data Format
            1. 12.1.3.2.2.1  I2C Serial Data Format
            2. 12.1.3.2.2.2  I2C Data Validity
            3. 12.1.3.2.2.3  I2C Start and Stop Conditions
            4. 12.1.3.2.2.4  I2C Addressing
              1. 12.1.3.2.2.4.1 Data Transfer Formats in F/S Mode
              2. 12.1.3.2.2.4.2 Data Transfer Format in HS Mode
            5. 12.1.3.2.2.5  I2C Controller Transmitter
            6. 12.1.3.2.2.6  I2C Controller Receiver
            7. 12.1.3.2.2.7  I2C Target Transmitter
            8. 12.1.3.2.2.8  I2C Target Receiver
            9. 12.1.3.2.2.9  I2C Bus Arbitration
            10. 12.1.3.2.2.10 I2C Clock Generation and Synchronization
        3. 12.1.3.3 I2C Integration
          1. 12.1.3.3.1 I2C Integration in WKUP Domain
          2. 12.1.3.3.2 I2C Integration in MCU Domain
          3. 12.1.3.3.3 I2C Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.1.3.4 I2C Functional Description
          1. 12.1.3.4.1 I2C Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.3.4.2 I2C Clocks
            1. 12.1.3.4.2.1 I2C Clocking
            2. 12.1.3.4.2.2 I2C Automatic Blocking of the I2C Clock Feature
          3. 12.1.3.4.3 I2C Software Reset
          4. 12.1.3.4.4 I2C Power Management
          5. 12.1.3.4.5 I2C Interrupt Requests
          6. 12.1.3.4.6 I2C Programmable Multitarget Channel Feature
          7. 12.1.3.4.7 I2C FIFO Management
            1. 12.1.3.4.7.1 I2C FIFO Interrupt Mode
            2. 12.1.3.4.7.2 I2C FIFO Polling Mode
            3. 12.1.3.4.7.3 I2C Draining Feature
          8. 12.1.3.4.8 I2C Noise Filter
          9. 12.1.3.4.9 I2C System Test Mode
        5. 12.1.3.5 I2C Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.3.5.1 I2C Low-Level Programming Models
            1. 12.1.3.5.1.1 I2C Programming Model
              1. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1 Main Program
                1. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.1 Configure the Module Before Enabling the I2C Controller
                2. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.2 Initialize the I2C Controller
                3. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.3 Configure Target Address and the Data Control Register
                4. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.4 Initiate a Transfer
                5. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.5 Receive Data
                6. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.6 Transmit Data
              2. 12.1.3.5.1.1.2 Interrupt Subroutine Sequence
              3. 12.1.3.5.1.1.3 Programming Flow-Diagrams
        6. 12.1.3.6 I2C Registers
      4. 12.1.4 Improved Inter-Integrated Circuit (I3C) Interface
        1. 12.1.4.1 I3C Overview
          1. 12.1.4.1.1 I3C Features
          2. 12.1.4.1.2 I3C Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.4.2 I3C Environment
          1. 12.1.4.2.1 I3C Typical Application
            1. 12.1.4.2.1.1 I3C Pins for Typical Connections
            2. 12.1.4.2.1.2 I3C Interface Typical Connections
            3. 12.1.4.2.1.3 1557
        3. 12.1.4.3 I3C Integration
          1. 12.1.4.3.1 I3C Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.1.4.3.2 I3C Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.1.4.4 I3C Functional Description
          1. 12.1.4.4.1  I3C Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.4.4.2  I3C Clock Configuration
            1. 12.1.4.4.2.1 Setting Base Frequencies
            2. 12.1.4.4.2.2 Asymmetric Push-Pull SCL Timing
            3. 12.1.4.4.2.3 Open-Drain SCL Timing
            4. 12.1.4.4.2.4 Changing Programmed Frequencies
          3. 12.1.4.4.3  I3C Interrupt Requests
          4. 12.1.4.4.4  I3C Power Configuration
          5. 12.1.4.4.5  I3C Dynamic Address Management
          6. 12.1.4.4.6  I3C Retaining Registers Space
          7. 12.1.4.4.7  I3C Dynamic Address Assignment Procedure
          8. 12.1.4.4.8  I3C Sending CCC Messages
          9. 12.1.4.4.9  I3C In-Band Interrupt
            1. 12.1.4.4.9.1 Regular I3C Slave In-Band Interrupt
            2. 12.1.4.4.9.2 Current Master Takeover In-Band Interrupt
          10. 12.1.4.4.10 I3C Hot-Join Request
          11. 12.1.4.4.11 I3C Immediate Commands
          12. 12.1.4.4.12 I3C Host Commands
          13. 12.1.4.4.13 I3C Sending Private Data in SDR Messages
            1. 12.1.4.4.13.1 SDR Private Write Message
            2. 12.1.4.4.13.2 SDR Private Read Message
            3. 12.1.4.4.13.3 SDR Payload Length Adjustment
        5. 12.1.4.5 I3C Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.4.5.1 I3C Power-On Programming Model
          2. 12.1.4.5.2 I3C Static Devices Programming
          3. 12.1.4.5.3 I3C DAA Procedure Initiation
          4. 12.1.4.5.4 I3C SDR Write Message Programming Model
          5. 12.1.4.5.5 I3C SDR Read Message Programming Model
          6. 12.1.4.5.6 I3C DDR Write Message Programming Model
          7. 12.1.4.5.7 I3C DDR Read Message Programming Model
        6. 12.1.4.6 I3C Registers
      5. 12.1.5 Multichannel Serial Peripheral Interface (MCSPI)
        1. 12.1.5.1 MCSPI Overview
          1. 12.1.5.1.1 SPI Features
          2. 12.1.5.1.2 MCSPI Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.5.2 MCSPI Environment
          1. 12.1.5.2.1 Basic MCSPI Pins for Master Mode
          2. 12.1.5.2.2 Basic MCSPI Pins for Slave Mode
          3. 12.1.5.2.3 MCSPI Internal Connectivity
          4. 12.1.5.2.4 MCSPI Protocol and Data Format
            1. 12.1.5.2.4.1 Transfer Format
          5. 12.1.5.2.5 MCSPI in Controller Mode
          6. 12.1.5.2.6 MCSPI in Peripheral Mode
        3. 12.1.5.3 MCSPI Integration
          1. 12.1.5.3.1 MCSPI Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.1.5.3.2 MCSPI Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.1.5.4 MCSPI Functional Description
          1. 12.1.5.4.1 SPI Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.5.4.2 MCSPI Reset
          3. 12.1.5.4.3 MCSPI Controller Mode
            1. 12.1.5.4.3.1 Controller Mode Features
            2. 12.1.5.4.3.2 Controller Transmit-and-Receive Mode (Full Duplex)
            3. 12.1.5.4.3.3 Controller Transmit-Only Mode (Half Duplex)
            4. 12.1.5.4.3.4 Controller Receive-Only Mode (Half Duplex)
            5. 12.1.5.4.3.5 Single-Channel Controller Mode
              1. 12.1.5.4.3.5.1 Programming Tips When Switching to Another Channel
              2. 12.1.5.4.3.5.2 Force SPIEN[i] Mode
              3. 12.1.5.4.3.5.3 Turbo Mode
            6. 12.1.5.4.3.6 Start-Bit Mode
            7. 12.1.5.4.3.7 Chip-Select Timing Control
            8. 12.1.5.4.3.8 Programmable MCSPI Clock (SPICLK)
              1. 12.1.5.4.3.8.1 Clock Ratio Granularity
          4. 12.1.5.4.4 MCSPI Peripheral Mode
            1. 12.1.5.4.4.1 Dedicated Resources
            2. 12.1.5.4.4.2 Peripheral Transmit-and-Receive Mode
            3. 12.1.5.4.4.3 Peripheral Transmit-Only Mode
            4. 12.1.5.4.4.4 Peripheral Receive-Only Mode
          5. 12.1.5.4.5 MCSPI 3-Pin or 4-Pin Mode
          6. 12.1.5.4.6 MCSPI FIFO Buffer Management
            1. 12.1.5.4.6.1 Buffer Almost Full
            2. 12.1.5.4.6.2 Buffer Almost Empty
            3. 12.1.5.4.6.3 End of Transfer Management
            4. 12.1.5.4.6.4 Multiple MCSPI Word Access
            5. 12.1.5.4.6.5 First MCSPI Word Delay
          7. 12.1.5.4.7 MCSPI Interrupts
            1. 12.1.5.4.7.1 Interrupt Events in Controller Mode
              1. 12.1.5.4.7.1.1 TXx_EMPTY
              2. 12.1.5.4.7.1.2 TXx_UNDERFLOW
              3. 12.1.5.4.7.1.3 RXx_ FULL
              4. 12.1.5.4.7.1.4 End Of Word Count
            2. 12.1.5.4.7.2 Interrupt Events in Peripheral Mode
              1. 12.1.5.4.7.2.1 TXx_EMPTY
              2. 12.1.5.4.7.2.2 TXx_UNDERFLOW
              3. 12.1.5.4.7.2.3 RXx_FULL
              4. 12.1.5.4.7.2.4 RX0_OVERFLOW
              5. 12.1.5.4.7.2.5 End Of Word Count
            3. 12.1.5.4.7.3 Interrupt-Driven Operation
            4. 12.1.5.4.7.4 Polling
          8. 12.1.5.4.8 MCSPI DMA Requests
          9. 12.1.5.4.9 MCSPI Power Saving Management
            1. 12.1.5.4.9.1 Normal Mode
            2. 12.1.5.4.9.2 Idle Mode
              1. 12.1.5.4.9.2.1 Force-Idle Mode
        5. 12.1.5.5 MCSPI Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.5.5.1 MCSPI Global Initialization
            1. 12.1.5.5.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
            2. 12.1.5.5.1.2 MCSPI Global Initialization
              1. 12.1.5.5.1.2.1 Main Sequence – MCSPI Global Initialization
          2. 12.1.5.5.2 MCSPI Operational Mode Configuration
            1. 12.1.5.5.2.1 MCSPI Operational Modes
              1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.1 Common Transfer Sequence
              2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.2 End of Transfer Sequences
              3. 12.1.5.5.2.1.3 Transmit-and-Receive (Controller and Peripheral)
              4. 12.1.5.5.2.1.4 Transmit-Only (Controller and Peripheral)
                1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.4.1 Based on Interrupt Requests
                2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.4.2 Based on DMA Write Requests
              5. 12.1.5.5.2.1.5 Controller Normal Receive-Only
                1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.5.1 Based on Interrupt Requests
                2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.5.2 Based on DMA Read Requests
              6. 12.1.5.5.2.1.6 Controller Turbo Receive-Only
                1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.6.1 Based on Interrupt Requests
                2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.6.2 Based on DMA Read Requests
              7. 12.1.5.5.2.1.7 Peripheral Receive-Only
              8. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8 Transfer Procedures With FIFO
                1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.1 Common Transfer Sequence in FIFO Mode
                2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.2 End of Transfer Sequences in FIFO Mode
                3. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.3 Transmit-and-Receive With Word Count
                4. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.4 Transmit-and-Receive Without Word Count
                5. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.5 Transmit-Only
                6. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.6 Receive-Only With Word Count
                7. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.7 Receive-Only Without Word Count
              9. 12.1.5.5.2.1.9 Common Transfer Procedures Without FIFO – Polling Method
                1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.9.1 Receive-Only Procedure – Polling Method
                2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.9.2 Receive-Only Procedure – Interrupt Method
                3. 12.1.5.5.2.1.9.3 Transmit-Only Procedure – Polling Method
                4. 12.1.5.5.2.1.9.4 Transmit-and-Receive Procedure – Polling Method
        6. 12.1.5.6 MCSPI Registers
      6. 12.1.6 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
        1. 12.1.6.1 UART Overview
          1. 12.1.6.1.1 UART Features
          2. 12.1.6.1.2 IrDA Features
          3. 12.1.6.1.3 CIR Features
          4. 12.1.6.1.4 UART Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.6.2 UART Environment
          1. 12.1.6.2.1 UART Functional Interfaces
            1. 12.1.6.2.1.1 System Using UART Communication With Hardware Handshake
            2. 12.1.6.2.1.2 UART Interface Description
            3. 12.1.6.2.1.3 UART Protocol and Data Format
            4. 12.1.6.2.1.4 UART 9-bit Mode Data Format
          2. 12.1.6.2.2 RS-485 Functional Interfaces
            1. 12.1.6.2.2.1 System Using RS-485 Communication
            2. 12.1.6.2.2.2 RS-485 Interface Description
          3. 12.1.6.2.3 IrDA Functional Interfaces
            1. 12.1.6.2.3.1 System Using IrDA Communication Protocol
            2. 12.1.6.2.3.2 IrDA Interface Description
            3. 12.1.6.2.3.3 IrDA Protocol and Data Format
              1. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1 SIR Mode
                1. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.1 Frame Format
                2. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.2 Asynchronous Transparency
                3. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.3 Abort Sequence
                4. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.4 Pulse Shaping
                5. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.5 Encoder
                6. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.6 Decoder
                7. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.7 IR Address Checking
              2. 12.1.6.2.3.3.2 SIR Free-Format Mode
              3. 12.1.6.2.3.3.3 MIR Mode
                1. 12.1.6.2.3.3.3.1 MIR Encoder/Decoder
                2. 12.1.6.2.3.3.3.2 SIP Generation
              4. 12.1.6.2.3.3.4 FIR Mode
          4. 12.1.6.2.4 CIR Functional Interfaces
            1. 12.1.6.2.4.1 System Using CIR Communication Protocol With Remote Control
            2. 12.1.6.2.4.2 CIR Interface Description
            3. 12.1.6.2.4.3 CIR Protocol and Data Format
              1. 12.1.6.2.4.3.1 Carrier Modulation
              2. 12.1.6.2.4.3.2 Pulse Duty Cycle
              3. 12.1.6.2.4.3.3 Consumer IR Encoding/Decoding
        3. 12.1.6.3 UART Integration
          1. 12.1.6.3.1 UART Integration in WKUP Domain
          2. 12.1.6.3.2 UART Integration in MCU Domain
          3. 12.1.6.3.3 UART Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.1.6.4 UART Functional Description
          1. 12.1.6.4.1 UART Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.6.4.2 UART Clock Configuration
          3. 12.1.6.4.3 UART Software Reset
            1. 12.1.6.4.3.1 Independent TX/RX
          4. 12.1.6.4.4 UART Power Management
            1. 12.1.6.4.4.1 UART Mode Power Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.4.1.1 Module Power Saving
              2. 12.1.6.4.4.1.2 System Power Saving
            2. 12.1.6.4.4.2 IrDA Mode Power Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.4.2.1 Module Power Saving
              2. 12.1.6.4.4.2.2 System Power Saving
            3. 12.1.6.4.4.3 CIR Mode Power Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.4.3.1 Module Power Saving
              2. 12.1.6.4.4.3.2 System Power Saving
            4. 12.1.6.4.4.4 Local Power Management
          5. 12.1.6.4.5 UART Interrupt Requests
            1. 12.1.6.4.5.1 UART Mode Interrupt Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.5.1.1 UART Interrupts
              2. 12.1.6.4.5.1.2 Wake-Up Interrupt
            2. 12.1.6.4.5.2 IrDA Mode Interrupt Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.5.2.1 IrDA Interrupts
              2. 12.1.6.4.5.2.2 Wake-Up Interrupts
            3. 12.1.6.4.5.3 CIR Mode Interrupt Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.5.3.1 CIR Interrupts
              2. 12.1.6.4.5.3.2 Wake-Up Interrupts
          6. 12.1.6.4.6 UART FIFO Management
            1. 12.1.6.4.6.1 FIFO Trigger
              1. 12.1.6.4.6.1.1 Transmit FIFO Trigger
              2. 12.1.6.4.6.1.2 Receive FIFO Trigger
            2. 12.1.6.4.6.2 FIFO Interrupt Mode
            3. 12.1.6.4.6.3 FIFO Polled Mode Operation
            4. 12.1.6.4.6.4 FIFO DMA Mode Operation
              1. 12.1.6.4.6.4.1 DMA sequence to disable TX DMA
              2. 12.1.6.4.6.4.2 DMA Transfers (DMA Mode 1, 2, or 3)
              3. 12.1.6.4.6.4.3 DMA Transmission
              4. 12.1.6.4.6.4.4 DMA Reception
          7. 12.1.6.4.7 UART Mode Selection
            1. 12.1.6.4.7.1 Register Access Modes
              1. 12.1.6.4.7.1.1 Operational Mode and Configuration Modes
              2. 12.1.6.4.7.1.2 Register Access Submode
              3. 12.1.6.4.7.1.3 Registers Available for the Register Access Modes
            2. 12.1.6.4.7.2 UART/RS-485/IrDA (SIR, MIR, FIR)/CIR Mode Selection
              1. 12.1.6.4.7.2.1 Registers Available for the UART Function
              2. 12.1.6.4.7.2.2 Registers Available for the IrDA Function
              3. 12.1.6.4.7.2.3 Registers Available for the CIR Function
          8. 12.1.6.4.8 UART Protocol Formatting
            1. 12.1.6.4.8.1 UART Mode
              1. 12.1.6.4.8.1.1 UART Clock Generation: Baud Rate Generation
              2. 12.1.6.4.8.1.2 Choosing the Appropriate Divisor Value
              3. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3 UART Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.1 Frame Formatting
                2. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.2 Hardware Flow Control
                3. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.3 Software Flow Control
                  1. 1.6.4.8.1.3.3.1 Receive (RX)
                  2. 1.6.4.8.1.3.3.2 Transmit (TX)
                4. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.4 Autobauding Modes
                5. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.5 Error Detection
                6. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.6 Overrun During Receive
                7. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.7 Time-Out and Break Conditions
                  1. 1.6.4.8.1.3.7.1 Time-Out Counter
                  2. 1.6.4.8.1.3.7.2 Break Condition
            2. 12.1.6.4.8.2 RS-485 Mode
              1. 12.1.6.4.8.2.1 RS-485 External Transceiver Direction Control
            3. 12.1.6.4.8.3 IrDA Mode
              1. 12.1.6.4.8.3.1 IrDA Clock Generation: Baud Generator
              2. 12.1.6.4.8.3.2 Choosing the Appropriate Divisor Value
              3. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3 IrDA Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.1  IR RX Polarity Control
                2. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.2  IrDA Reception Control
                3. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.3  IR Address Checking
                4. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.4  Frame Closing
                5. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.5  Store and Controlled Transmission
                6. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.6  Error Detection
                7. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.7  Underrun During Transmission
                8. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.8  Overrun During Receive
                9. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.9  Status FIFO
                10. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.10 Multi-drop Parity Mode with Address Match
                11. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.11 Time-guard
              4. 12.1.6.4.8.3.4 SIR Mode Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.4.8.3.4.1 Abort Sequence
                2. 12.1.6.4.8.3.4.2 Pulse Shaping
                3. 12.1.6.4.8.3.4.3 SIR Free Format Programming
              5. 12.1.6.4.8.3.5 MIR and FIR Mode Data Formatting
            4. 12.1.6.4.8.4 CIR Mode
              1. 12.1.6.4.8.4.1 CIR Mode Clock Generation
              2. 12.1.6.4.8.4.2 CIR Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.4.8.4.2.1 IR RX Polarity Control
                2. 12.1.6.4.8.4.2.2 CIR Transmission
                3. 12.1.6.4.8.4.2.3 CIR Reception
        5. 12.1.6.5 UART Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.6.5.1 UART Global Initialization
            1. 12.1.6.5.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
            2. 12.1.6.5.1.2 UART Module Global Initialization
          2. 12.1.6.5.2 UART Mode selection
          3. 12.1.6.5.3 UART Submode selection
          4. 12.1.6.5.4 UART Load FIFO trigger and DMA mode settings
            1. 12.1.6.5.4.1 DMA mode Settings
            2. 12.1.6.5.4.2 FIFO Trigger Settings
          5. 12.1.6.5.5 UART Protocol, Baud rate and interrupt settings
            1. 12.1.6.5.5.1 Baud rate settings
            2. 12.1.6.5.5.2 Interrupt settings
            3. 12.1.6.5.5.3 Protocol settings
            4. 12.1.6.5.5.4 UART/RS-485/IrDA(SIR/MIR/FIR)/CIR
            5. 12.1.6.5.5.5 UART Multi-drop Parity Address Match Mode Configuration
          6. 12.1.6.5.6 UART Hardware and Software Flow Control Configuration
            1. 12.1.6.5.6.1 Hardware Flow Control Configuration
            2. 12.1.6.5.6.2 Software Flow Control Configuration
          7. 12.1.6.5.7 IrDA Programming Model
            1. 12.1.6.5.7.1 SIR mode
              1. 12.1.6.5.7.1.1 Receive
              2. 12.1.6.5.7.1.2 Transmit
            2. 12.1.6.5.7.2 MIR mode
              1. 12.1.6.5.7.2.1 Receive
              2. 12.1.6.5.7.2.2 Transmit
            3. 12.1.6.5.7.3 FIR mode
              1. 12.1.6.5.7.3.1 Receive
              2. 12.1.6.5.7.3.2 Transmit
        6. 12.1.6.6 UART Registers
    2. 12.2 High-speed Serial Interfaces
      1. 12.2.1 Gigabit Ethernet MAC (MCU_CPSW0)
        1. 12.2.1.1 MCU_CPSW0 Overview
          1. 12.2.1.1.1 MCU_CPSW0 Features
          2. 12.2.1.1.2 MCU_CPSW0 Not Supported Features
          3. 12.2.1.1.3 Terminology
        2. 12.2.1.2 MCU_CPSW0 Environment
          1. 12.2.1.2.1 MCU_CPSW0 RMII Interface
          2. 12.2.1.2.2 MCU_CPSW0 RGMII Interface
        3. 12.2.1.3 MCU_CPSW0 Integration
        4. 12.2.1.4 MCU_CPSW0 Functional Description
          1. 12.2.1.4.1 Functional Block Diagram
          2. 12.2.1.4.2 CPSW Ports
            1. 12.2.1.4.2.1 Interface Mode Selection
          3. 12.2.1.4.3 Clocking
            1. 12.2.1.4.3.1 Subsystem Clocking
            2. 12.2.1.4.3.2 Interface Clocking
              1. 12.2.1.4.3.2.1 RGMII Interface Clocking
              2. 12.2.1.4.3.2.2 RMII Interface Clocking
              3. 12.2.1.4.3.2.3 MDIO Clocking
          4. 12.2.1.4.4 Software IDLE
          5. 12.2.1.4.5 Interrupt Functionality
            1. 12.2.1.4.5.1 EVNT_PEND Interrupt
            2. 12.2.1.4.5.2 Statistics Interrupt (STAT_PEND0)
            3. 12.2.1.4.5.3 ECC DED Level Interrupt (ECC_DED_INT)
            4. 12.2.1.4.5.4 ECC SEC Level Interrupt (ECC_SEC_INT)
            5. 12.2.1.4.5.5 MDIO Interrupts
          6. 12.2.1.4.6 CPSW_2G
            1. 12.2.1.4.6.1  Address Lookup Engine (ALE)
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.1  Error Handling
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.1.2  Bypass Operations
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.1.3  OUI Deny or Accept
              4. 12.2.1.4.6.1.4  Statistics Counting
              5. 12.2.1.4.6.1.5  Automotive Security Features
              6. 12.2.1.4.6.1.6  CPSW Switching Solutions
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.6.1 Basics of 2-port Switch Type
              7. 12.2.1.4.6.1.7  VLAN Routing and OAM Operations
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.7.1 InterVLAN Routing
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.1.7.2 OAM Operations
              8. 12.2.1.4.6.1.8  Supervisory packets
              9. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9  Address Table Entry
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.1 Free Table Entry
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.2 Multicast Address Table Entry
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.3 VLAN/Multicast Address Table Entry
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.4 Unicast Address Table Entry
                5. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.5 OUI Unicast Address Table Entry
                6. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.6 VLAN/Unicast Address Table Entry
                7. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.7 VLAN Table Entry
              10. 12.2.1.4.6.1.10 ALE Policing and Classification
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.10.1 ALE Classification
                  1. 2.1.4.6.1.10.1.1 Classifier to CPPI Transmit Flow ID Mapping
              11. 12.2.1.4.6.1.11 DSCP
              12. 12.2.1.4.6.1.12 Packet Forwarding Processes
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.12.1 Ingress Filtering Process
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.1.12.2 VLAN_Aware Lookup Process
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.1.12.3 Egress Process
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.1.12.4 Learning/Updating/Touching Processes
                  1. 2.1.4.6.1.12.4.1 Learning Process
                  2. 2.1.4.6.1.12.4.2 Updating Process
                  3. 2.1.4.6.1.12.4.3 Touching Process
              13. 12.2.1.4.6.1.13 VLAN Aware Mode
              14. 12.2.1.4.6.1.14 VLAN Unaware Mode
            2. 12.2.1.4.6.2  Packet Priority Handling
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.2.1 Priority Mapping and Transmit VLAN Priority
            3. 12.2.1.4.6.3  CPPI Port Ingress
            4. 12.2.1.4.6.4  Packet CRC Handling
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.4.1 Transmit VLAN Processing
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.4.1.1 Untagged Packets (No VLAN or Priority Tag Header)
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.4.1.2 Priority Tagged Packets (VLAN VID == 0 && EN_VID0_MODE ==0h)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.4.1.3 VLAN Tagged Packets (VLAN VID != 0 || (EN_VID0_MODE ==1h && VLAN VID ==0))
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.4.2 Ethernet Port Ingress Packet CRC
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.4.3 Ethernet Port Egress Packet CRC
              4. 12.2.1.4.6.4.4 CPPI Port Ingress Packet CRC
              5. 12.2.1.4.6.4.5 CPPI Port Egress Packet CRC
            5. 12.2.1.4.6.5  FIFO Memory Control
            6. 12.2.1.4.6.6  FIFO Transmit Queue Control
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.6.1 CPPI Port Receive Rate Limiting
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.6.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Rate Limiting
            7. 12.2.1.4.6.7  Intersperced Express Traffic (IET – P802.3br/D2.0)
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.7.1 IET Configuration
            8. 12.2.1.4.6.8  Enhanced Scheduled Traffic (EST – P802.1Qbv/D2.2)
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.8.1 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Overview
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.8.2 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch RAM
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.8.3 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Interval
              4. 12.2.1.4.6.8.4 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch Values
              5. 12.2.1.4.6.8.5 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Packet Fill
              6. 12.2.1.4.6.8.6 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Stamp
              7. 12.2.1.4.6.8.7 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Packets Per Priority
            9. 12.2.1.4.6.9  Audio Video Bridging
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.9.1 IEEE 802.1AS: Timing and Synchronization for Time-Sensitive Applications in Bridged Local Area Networks (Precision Time Protocol (PTP))
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.9.1.1 IEEE 1722: "Layer 2 Transport Protocol for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                  1. 2.1.4.6.9.1.1.1 Cross-timestamping and Presentation Timestamps
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.9.1.2 IEEE 1733: Extends RTCP for RTP Streaming over AVB-supported Networks
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.9.2 IEEE 802.1Qav: "Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Forwarding and Queuing for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.9.2.1 Configuring the Device for 802.1Qav Operation
            10. 12.2.1.4.6.10 Ethernet MAC Sliver
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.10.1 1947
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.10.1.1 1948
                  1. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.1 CRC Insertion
                  2. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.2 MTXER
                  3. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.3 Adaptive Performance Optimization (APO)
                  4. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.4 Inter-Packet-Gap Enforcement
                  5. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.5 Back Off
                  6. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.6 Programmable Transmit Inter-Packet Gap
                  7. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.7 Speed, Duplex and Pause Frame Support Negotiation
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.10.2 RMII Interface
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.10.2.1 Features
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.10.2.2 RMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.10.2.3 RMII Transmit (TX)
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3 RGMII Interface
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3.1 Features
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3.2 RGMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3.3 In-Band Mode of Operation
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3.4 Forced Mode of Operation
                5. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3.5 RGMII Transmit (TX)
              4. 12.2.1.4.6.10.4 Frame Classification
              5. 12.2.1.4.6.10.5 Receive FIFO Architecture
            11. 12.2.1.4.6.11 Embedded Memories
            12. 12.2.1.4.6.12 Memory Error Detection and Correction
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.12.1 Packet Header ECC
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.12.2 Packet Protect CRC
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.12.3 Aggregator RAM Control
            13. 12.2.1.4.6.13 Ethernet Port Flow Control
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.13.1 Ethernet Receive Flow Control
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.13.1.1 Collision Based Receive Buffer Flow Control
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.13.1.2 IEEE 802.3X Based Receive Flow Control
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.13.2 Flow Control Trigger
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.13.3 Ethernet Transmit Flow Control
            14. 12.2.1.4.6.14 Energy Efficient Ethernet Support (802.3az)
            15. 12.2.1.4.6.15 Ethernet Switch Latency
            16. 12.2.1.4.6.16 MAC Emulation Control
            17. 12.2.1.4.6.17 MAC Command IDLE
            18. 12.2.1.4.6.18 CPSW Network Statistics
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1  Rx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.1  Good Rx Frames (Offset = 3A000h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A200h - Port 1)
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.2  Broadcast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A004h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A204h - Port 1)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.3  Multicast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A008h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A208h - Port 1)
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.4  Pause Rx Frames (Offset = 3A20Ch - Port 1)
                5. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.5  Rx CRC Errors (Offset = 3A010h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A210h - Port 1)
                6. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.6  Rx Align/Code Errors (Offset = 3A214h - Port 1)
                7. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.7  Oversize Rx Frames (Offset = 3A018h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A218h - Port 1)
                8. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.8  Rx Jabbers (Offset = 3A21Ch - Port 1)
                9. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.9  Undersize (Short) Rx Frames (Offset = 3A020h- Port 0 or Offset = 3A220h - Port 1)
                10. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.10 Rx Fragments (Offset = 3A024h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A224h - Port 1)
                11. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.11 RX IPG Error (Offset = 3A25Ch - Port 1)
                12. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.12 ALE Drop (Offset = 3A028h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A228h - Port 1)
                13. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.13 ALE Overrun Drop (Offset = 3A02Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A22Ch - Port 1)
                14. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.14 Rx Octets (Offset = 3A030h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A230h - Port 1)
                15. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.15 Rx Bottom of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A084h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A284h - Port 1)
                16. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.16 Portmask Drop (Offset = 3A088h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A288h - Port 1)
                17. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.17 Rx Top of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A08Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A28Ch - Port 1)
                18. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.18 ALE Rate Limit Drop (Offset = 3A090h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A290h - Port 1)
                19. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.19 ALE VLAN Ingress Check Drop (Offset = 3A094h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A294h - Port 1)
                  1. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.1  ALE DA=SA Drop (Offset = 3A098h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A298h - Port 1)
                  2. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.2  Block Address Drop (Offset = 3A09Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A29Ch - Port 1)
                  3. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.3  ALE Secure Drop (Offset = 3A0A0h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2A0h - Port 1)
                  4. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.4  ALE Authentication Drop (Offset = 3A0A4h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2A4h - Port 1)
                  5. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.5  ALE Unknown Unicast (Offset = 3A0A8h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2A8h - Port 1)
                  6. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.6  ALE Unknown Unicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0ACh - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2ACh - Port 1)
                  7. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.7  ALE Unknown Multicast (Offset = 3A0B0h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2B0h - Port 1)
                  8. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.8  ALE Unknown Multicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0B4h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2B4h - Port 1)
                  9. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.9  ALE Unknown Broadcast (Offset = 3A0B8h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2B8h - Port 1)
                  10. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.10 ALE Unknown Broadcast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0BCh - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2BCh - Port 1)
                  11. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.11 ALE Policer/Classifier Match (Offset = 3A0C0h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2C0h - Port 1)
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.18.2  ALE Policer Match Red (Offset = 3A0C4h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2C4h - Port 1)
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.18.3  ALE Policer Match Yellow (Offset = 3A0C8h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2C8h - Port 1)
              4. 12.2.1.4.6.18.4  IET Receive Assembly Error (Offset = 3A140h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A340h - Port 1)
              5. 12.2.1.4.6.18.5  IET Receive Assembly OK (Offset = 3A144h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A344h - Port 1)
              6. 12.2.1.4.6.18.6  IET Receive SMD Error (Offset = 3A148h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A348h - Port 1)
              7. 12.2.1.4.6.18.7  IET Receive Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A14Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A34Ch - Port 1)
              8. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8  Tx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.1  Good Tx Frames (Offset = 3A034h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A234h - Port 1)
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.2  Broadcast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A038h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A238h - Port 1)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.3  Multicast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A03Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A23Ch - Port 1)
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.4  Pause Tx Frames (Offset = 3A240h - Port 1)
                5. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.5  Deferred Tx Frames (Offset = 3A244h - Port 1)
                6. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.6  Collisions (Offset = 3A248h - Port 1)
                7. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.7  Single Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A24Ch - Port 1)
                8. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.8  Multiple Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A250h - Port 1)
                9. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.9  Excessive Collisions (Offset = 3A254h - Port 1)
                10. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.10 Late Collisions (Offset = 3A258h - Port 1)
                11. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.11 Carrier Sense Errors (Offset = 3A260h - Port 1)
                12. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.12 Tx Octets (Offset = 3A064h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A264h - Port 1 )
                13. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.13 Transmit Priority 0-7 (Offset = 3A380h to 3A3A8h - Port 1)
                14. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.14 Transmit Priority 0-7 Drop (Offset = 3A3C0h to 3A3E8 - Port 1)
                15. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.15 Tx Memory Protect Errors (Offset = 3A17Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A37Ch - Port 1)
                16. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.16 IET Transmit Merge Hold Count (Offset = 3A350h - Port 1)
                17. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.17 IET Transmit Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A154h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A354h - Port 1)
              9. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9  Rx- and Tx (Shared) Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.1 Rx + Tx 64 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A068h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A268h - Port 1)
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.2 Rx + Tx 65–127 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A06Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A26Ch - Port 1)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.3 Rx + Tx 128–255 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A070h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A270h - Port 1)
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.4 Rx + Tx 256–511 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A074h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A274h - Port 1)
                5. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.5 Rx + Tx 512–1023 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A078h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A278h - Port 1)
                6. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.6 Rx + Tx 1024_Up Octet Frames (Offset = 3A07Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A27Ch - Port 1)
                7. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.7 Net Octets (Offset = 3A080h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A280h - Port 1)
              10. 12.2.1.4.6.18.10 2047
          7. 12.2.1.4.7 Common Platform Time Sync (CPTS)
            1. 12.2.1.4.7.1  MCU_CPSW0 CPTS Integration
            2. 12.2.1.4.7.2  CPTS Architecture
            3. 12.2.1.4.7.3  CPTS Initialization
            4. 12.2.1.4.7.4  32-bit Time Stamp Value
            5. 12.2.1.4.7.5  64-bit Time Stamp Value
            6. 12.2.1.4.7.6  64-Bit Timestamp Nudge
            7. 12.2.1.4.7.7  64-bit Timestamp PPM
            8. 12.2.1.4.7.8  Event FIFO
            9. 12.2.1.4.7.9  Timestamp Compare Output
              1. 12.2.1.4.7.9.1 Non-Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              2. 12.2.1.4.7.9.2 Non-Toggle Mode: 64-bit
              3. 12.2.1.4.7.9.3 Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              4. 12.2.1.4.7.9.4 Toggle Mode: 64-bit
            10. 12.2.1.4.7.10 Timestamp Sync Output
            11. 12.2.1.4.7.11 Timestamp GENFn Output
              1. 12.2.1.4.7.11.1 GENFn Nudge
              2. 12.2.1.4.7.11.2 GENFn PPM
            12. 12.2.1.4.7.12 Timestamp ESTFn
            13. 12.2.1.4.7.13 Time Sync Events
              1. 12.2.1.4.7.13.1 Time Stamp Push Event
              2. 12.2.1.4.7.13.2 Time Stamp Counter Rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              3. 12.2.1.4.7.13.3 Time Stamp Counter Half-rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              4. 12.2.1.4.7.13.4 Hardware Time Stamp Push Event
              5. 12.2.1.4.7.13.5 Ethernet Port Events
                1. 12.2.1.4.7.13.5.1 Ethernet Port Receive Event
                2. 12.2.1.4.7.13.5.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Event
                3. 12.2.1.4.7.13.5.3 2075
            14. 12.2.1.4.7.14 Timestamp Compare Event
              1. 12.2.1.4.7.14.1 32-Bit Mode
              2. 12.2.1.4.7.14.2 64-Bit Mode
            15. 12.2.1.4.7.15 Host Transmit Event
            16. 12.2.1.4.7.16 CPTS Interrupt Handling
          8. 12.2.1.4.8 CPPI Streaming Packet Interface
            1. 12.2.1.4.8.1 Port 0 CPPI Transmit Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW_2G Egress)
            2. 12.2.1.4.8.2 Port 0 CPPI Receive Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW_2G Ingress)
            3. 12.2.1.4.8.3 CPPI Checksum Offload
              1. 12.2.1.4.8.3.1 CPPI Transmit Checksum Offload
                1. 12.2.1.4.8.3.1.1 IPV4 UDP
                2. 12.2.1.4.8.3.1.2 IPV4 TCP
                3. 12.2.1.4.8.3.1.3 IPV6 UDP
                4. 12.2.1.4.8.3.1.4 IPV6 TCP
            4. 12.2.1.4.8.4 CPPI Receive Checksum Offload
            5. 12.2.1.4.8.5 Egress Packet Operations
          9. 12.2.1.4.9 MII Management Interface (MDIO)
            1. 12.2.1.4.9.1 MDIO Frame Formats
            2. 12.2.1.4.9.2 MDIO Functional Description
        5. 12.2.1.5 MCU_CPSW0 Programming Guide
          1. 12.2.1.5.1 Initialization and Configuration of CPSW Subsystem
          2. 12.2.1.5.2 CPSW Reset
          3. 12.2.1.5.3 MDIO Software Interface
            1. 12.2.1.5.3.1 Initializing the MDIO Module
            2. 12.2.1.5.3.2 Writing Data To a PHY Register
            3. 12.2.1.5.3.3 Reading Data From a PHY Register
        6. 12.2.1.6 MCU_CPSW0 Registers
          1. 12.2.1.6.1  MCU_CPSW0_NUSS Subsystem (SS) Registers
          2. 12.2.1.6.2  MCU_CPSW0_SGMII Registers
          3. 12.2.1.6.3  MCU_CPSW0_MDIO Registers
          4. 12.2.1.6.4  MCU_CPSW0_CPTS Registers
          5. 12.2.1.6.5  MCU_CPSW0_CONTROL Registers
          6. 12.2.1.6.6  MCU_CPSW0_CPINT Registers
          7. 12.2.1.6.7  MCU_CPSW0_RAM Registers
          8. 12.2.1.6.8  MCU_CPSW0_STAT0 Registers
          9. 12.2.1.6.9  MCU_CPSW0_STAT1 Registers
          10. 12.2.1.6.10 MCU_CPSW0_ALE Registers
          11. 12.2.1.6.11 MCU_CPSW0_ECC Registers
      2. 12.2.2 Gigabit Ethernet Switch (CPSW0)
        1. 12.2.2.1 CPSW0 Overview
          1. 12.2.2.1.1 CPSW0 Features
          2. 12.2.2.1.2 CPSW0 Not Supported Features
          3. 12.2.2.1.3 Terminology
        2. 12.2.2.2 CPSW0 Environment
          1. 12.2.2.2.1 CPSW0 RMII Interface
          2. 12.2.2.2.2 CPSW0 RGMII Interface
        3. 12.2.2.3 CPSW0 Integration
        4. 12.2.2.4 CPSW0 Functional Description
          1. 12.2.2.4.1 Functional Block Diagram
          2. 12.2.2.4.2 CPSW Ports
            1. 12.2.2.4.2.1 Interface Mode Selection
          3. 12.2.2.4.3 Clocking
            1. 12.2.2.4.3.1 Subsystem Clocking
            2. 12.2.2.4.3.2 Interface Clocking
              1. 12.2.2.4.3.2.1 RGMII Interface Clocking
              2. 12.2.2.4.3.2.2 RMII Interface Clocking
              3. 12.2.2.4.3.2.3 MDIO Clocking
          4. 12.2.2.4.4 Software IDLE
          5. 12.2.2.4.5 Interrupt Functionality
            1. 12.2.2.4.5.1 EVNT_PEND Interrupt
            2. 12.2.2.4.5.2 Statistics Interrupt (STAT_PEND0)
            3. 12.2.2.4.5.3 ECC DED Level Interrupt (ECC_DED_INT)
            4. 12.2.2.4.5.4 ECC SEC Level Interrupt (ECC_SEC_INT)
            5. 12.2.2.4.5.5 MDIO Interrupts
          6. 12.2.2.4.6 CPSW_5X
            1. 12.2.2.4.6.1  Address Lookup Engine (ALE)
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.1  Error Handling
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.1.2  Bypass Operations
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.1.3  OUI Deny or Accept
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.1.4  Statistics Counting
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.1.5  Automotive Security Features
              6. 12.2.2.4.6.1.6  CPSW Switching Solutions
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.6.1 Basics of 5-port Switch Type
              7. 12.2.2.4.6.1.7  VLAN Routing and OAM Operations
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.7.1 InterVLAN Routing
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.1.7.2 OAM Operations
              8. 12.2.2.4.6.1.8  Supervisory packets
              9. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9  Address Table Entry
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.1  Free Table Entry
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.2  Multicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 0)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.3  Multicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 1)
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.4  VLAN Unicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 0)
                5. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.5  OUI Unicast Address Table Entry
                6. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.6  VLAN/Unicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 0)
                7. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.7  VLAN/ Multicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 1)
                8. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.8  Inner VLAN Table Entry
                9. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.9  Outer VLAN Table Entry
                10. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.10 EtherType Table Entry
                11. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.11 IPv4 Table Entry
                12. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.12 IPv6 Table Entry High
                13. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.13 IPv6 Table Entry Low
              10. 12.2.2.4.6.1.10 Multicast Address
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.10.1 Multicast Ranges
              11. 12.2.2.4.6.1.11 Supervisory Packets
              12. 12.2.2.4.6.1.12 Aging and Auto Aging
              13. 12.2.2.4.6.1.13 ALE Policing and Classification
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.13.1 ALE Policing
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.1.13.2 Classifier to Host Thread Mapping
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.1.13.3 ALE Classification
                  1. 2.2.4.6.1.13.3.1 Classifier to CPPI Transmit Flow ID Mapping
              14. 12.2.2.4.6.1.14 Mirroring
              15. 12.2.2.4.6.1.15 Trunking
              16. 12.2.2.4.6.1.16 DSCP
              17. 12.2.2.4.6.1.17 Packet Forwarding Processes
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.17.1 Ingress Filtering Process
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.1.17.2 VLAN_Aware Lookup Process
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.1.17.3 Egress Process
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.1.17.4 Learning/Updating/Touching Processes
                  1. 2.2.4.6.1.17.4.1 Learning Process
                  2. 2.2.4.6.1.17.4.2 Updating Process
                  3. 2.2.4.6.1.17.4.3 Touching Process
              18. 12.2.2.4.6.1.18 VLAN Aware Mode
              19. 12.2.2.4.6.1.19 VLAN Unaware Mode
            2. 12.2.2.4.6.2  Packet Priority Handling
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.2.1 Priority Mapping and Transmit VLAN Priority
            3. 12.2.2.4.6.3  CPPI Port Ingress
            4. 12.2.2.4.6.4  Packet CRC Handling
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.4.1 Transmit VLAN Processing
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.4.1.1 Untagged Packets (No VLAN or Priority Tag Header)
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.4.1.2 Priority Tagged Packets (VLAN VID == 0 && EN_VID0_MODE ==0h)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.4.1.3 VLAN Tagged Packets (VLAN VID != 0 || (EN_VID0_MODE ==1h && VLAN VID ==0))
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.4.2 Ethernet Port Ingress Packet CRC
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.4.3 Ethernet Port Egress Packet CRC
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.4.4 CPPI Port Ingress Packet CRC
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.4.5 CPPI Port Egress Packet CRC
            5. 12.2.2.4.6.5  FIFO Memory Control
            6. 12.2.2.4.6.6  FIFO Transmit Queue Control
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.6.1 CPPI Port Receive Rate Limiting
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.6.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Rate Limiting
            7. 12.2.2.4.6.7  Intersperced Express Traffic (IET – P802.3br/D2.0)
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.7.1 IET Configuration
            8. 12.2.2.4.6.8  Enhanced Scheduled Traffic (EST – P802.1Qbv/D2.2)
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.8.1 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Overview
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.8.2 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch RAM
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.8.3 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Interval
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.8.4 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch Values
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.8.5 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Packet Fill
              6. 12.2.2.4.6.8.6 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Stamp
            9. 12.2.2.4.6.9  Audio Video Bridging
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.9.1 IEEE 802.1AS: Timing and Synchronization for Time-Sensitive Applications in Bridged Local Area Networks (Precision Time Protocol (PTP))
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.9.1.1 IEEE 1722: "Layer 2 Transport Protocol for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                  1. 2.2.4.6.9.1.1.1 Cross-timestamping and Presentation Timestamps
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.9.1.2 IEEE 1733: Extends RTCP for RTP Streaming over AVB-supported Networks
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.9.2 IEEE 802.1Qav: "Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Forwarding and Queuing for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.9.2.1 Configuring the Device for 802.1Qav Operation
            10. 12.2.2.4.6.10 Ethernet MAC Sliver
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.10.1  CRC Insertion
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.10.2  MTXER
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.10.3  Adaptive Performance Optimization (APO)
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.10.4  Inter-Packet-Gap Enforcement
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.10.5  Back Off
              6. 12.2.2.4.6.10.6  Programmable Transmit Inter-Packet Gap
              7. 12.2.2.4.6.10.7  Speed, Duplex and Pause Frame Support Negotiation
              8. 12.2.2.4.6.10.8  RMII Interface
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.10.8.1 Features
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.10.8.2 RMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.10.8.3 RMII Transmit (TX)
              9. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9  RGMII Interface
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9.1 Features
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9.2 RGMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9.3 In-Band Mode of Operation
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9.4 Forced Mode of Operation
                5. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9.5 RGMII Transmit (TX)
              10. 12.2.2.4.6.10.10 Frame Classification
              11. 12.2.2.4.6.10.11 Receive FIFO Architecture
            11. 12.2.2.4.6.11 Embedded Memories
            12. 12.2.2.4.6.12 Memory Error Detection and Correction
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.12.1 Packet Header ECC
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.12.2 Packet Protect CRC
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.12.3 Aggregator RAM Control
            13. 12.2.2.4.6.13 Ethernet Port Flow Control
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.13.1 Ethernet Receive Flow Control
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.13.1.1 Collision Based Receive Buffer Flow Control
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.13.1.2 IEEE 802.3X Based Receive Flow Control
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.13.2 Qbb (10/100/1G/10G) Receive Priority Based Flow Control (PFC)
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.13.3 Ethernet Transmit Flow Control
            14. 12.2.2.4.6.14 PFC Trigger Rules
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.14.1 Destination Based Rule
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.14.2 Sum of Outflows Rule
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.14.3 Sum of Blocks Per Port Rule
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.14.4 Sum of Blocks Total Rule
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.14.5 Top of Receive FIFO Rule
            15. 12.2.2.4.6.15 Energy Efficient Ethernet Support (802.3az)
            16. 12.2.2.4.6.16 Ethernet Switch Latency
            17. 12.2.2.4.6.17 MAC Emulation Control
            18. 12.2.2.4.6.18 MAC Command IDLE
            19. 12.2.2.4.6.19 CPSW Network Statistics
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1  Rx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.1  Good Rx Frames (Offset = 3A000h)
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.2  Broadcast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A004h)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.3  Multicast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A008h)
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.4  Pause Rx Frames (Offset = 3A00Ch)
                5. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.5  Rx CRC Errors (Offset = 3A010h)
                6. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.6  Rx Align/Code Errors (Offset = 3A014h)
                7. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.7  Oversize Rx Frames (Offset = 3A018h)
                8. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.8  Rx Jabbers (Offset = 3A01Ch)
                9. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.9  Undersize (Short) Rx Frames (Offset = 3A020h)
                10. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.10 Rx Fragments (Offset = 3A024h)
                11. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.11 RX IPG Error
                12. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.12 ALE Drop (Offset = 3A028h)
                13. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.13 ALE Overrun Drop (Offset = 3A02Ch)
                14. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.14 Rx Octets (Offset = 3A030h)
                15. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.15 Rx Bottom of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A084h)
                16. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.16 Portmask Drop (Offset = 3A088h)
                17. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.17 Rx Top of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A08Ch)
                18. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.18 ALE Rate Limit Drop (Offset = 3A090h)
                19. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.19 ALE VLAN Ingress Check Drop (Offset = 3A094h)
                  1. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.1  ALE DA=SA Drop (Offset = 3A098h)
                  2. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.2  Block Address Drop (Offset = 3A09Ch)
                  3. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.3  ALE Secure Drop (Offset = 3A0A0h)
                  4. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.4  ALE Authentication Drop (Offset = 3A0A4h)
                  5. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.5  ALE Unknown Unicast (Offset = 3A0A8h)
                  6. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.6  ALE Unknown Unicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0ACh)
                  7. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.7  ALE Unknown Multicast (Offset = 3A0B0h)
                  8. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.8  ALE Unknown Multicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0B4h)
                  9. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.9  ALE Unknown Broadcast (Offset = 3A0B8h)
                  10. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.10 ALE Unknown Broadcast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0BCh)
                  11. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.11 ALE Policer/Classifier Match (Offset = 3A0C0h)
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.19.2  ALE Policer Match Red (Offset = 3A0C4h)
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.19.3  ALE Policer Match Yellow (Offset = 3A0C8h)
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.19.4  IET Receive Assembly Error (Offset = 3A140h)
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.19.5  IET Receive Assembly OK (Offset = 3A144h)
              6. 12.2.2.4.6.19.6  IET Receive SMD Error (Offset = 3A148h)
              7. 12.2.2.4.6.19.7  IET Receive Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A14Ch)
              8. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8  Tx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.1  Good Tx Frames (Offset = 3A034h)
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.2  Broadcast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A038h)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.3  Multicast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A03Ch)
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.4  Pause Tx Frames (Offset = 3A040h)
                5. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.5  Deferred Tx Frames (Offset = 3A044h)
                6. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.6  Collisions (Offset = 3A048h)
                7. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.7  Single Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A04Ch)
                8. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.8  Multiple Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A050h)
                9. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.9  Excessive Collisions (Offset = 3A054h)
                10. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.10 Late Collisions (Offset = 3A058h)
                11. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.11 Carrier Sense Errors (Offset = 3A060h)
                12. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.12 Tx Octets (Offset = 3A064h)
                13. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.13 Transmit Priority 0-7 (Offset = 3A180h to 3A1A8h)
                14. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.14 Transmit Priority 0-7 Drop (Offset = 3A1C0h to 3A1E8h)
                15. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.15 Tx Memory Protect Errors (Offset = 3A17Ch)
                16. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.16 IET Transmit Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A14Ch)
                17. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.17 IET Transmit Merge Hold Count (Offset = 3A150h)
              9. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9  Rx- and Tx (Shared) Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.1 Rx + Tx 64 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A068h)
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.2 Rx + Tx 65–127 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A06Ch)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.3 Rx + Tx 128–255 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A070h)
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.4 Rx + Tx 256–511 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A074h)
                5. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.5 Rx + Tx 512–1023 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A078h)
                6. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.6 Rx + Tx 1024_Up Octet Frames (Offset = 3A07Ch)
                7. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.7 Net Octets (Offset = 3A080h)
              10. 12.2.2.4.6.19.10 2326
          7. 12.2.2.4.7 Common Platform Time Sync (CPTS)
            1. 12.2.2.4.7.1  CPSW0 CPTS Integration
            2. 12.2.2.4.7.2  CPTS Architecture
            3. 12.2.2.4.7.3  CPTS Initialization
            4. 12.2.2.4.7.4  32-bit Time Stamp Value
            5. 12.2.2.4.7.5  64-bit Time Stamp Value
            6. 12.2.2.4.7.6  64-Bit Timestamp Nudge
            7. 12.2.2.4.7.7  64-bit Timestamp PPM
            8. 12.2.2.4.7.8  Event FIFO
            9. 12.2.2.4.7.9  Timestamp Compare Output
              1. 12.2.2.4.7.9.1 Non-Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              2. 12.2.2.4.7.9.2 Non-Toggle Mode: 64-bit
              3. 12.2.2.4.7.9.3 Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              4. 12.2.2.4.7.9.4 Toggle Mode: 64-bit
            10. 12.2.2.4.7.10 Timestamp Sync Output
            11. 12.2.2.4.7.11 Timestamp GENFn Output
              1. 12.2.2.4.7.11.1 GENFn Nudge
              2. 12.2.2.4.7.11.2 GENFn PPM
            12. 12.2.2.4.7.12 Timestamp ESTFn
            13. 12.2.2.4.7.13 Time Sync Events
              1. 12.2.2.4.7.13.1 Time Stamp Push Event
              2. 12.2.2.4.7.13.2 Time Stamp Counter Rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              3. 12.2.2.4.7.13.3 Time Stamp Counter Half-rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              4. 12.2.2.4.7.13.4 Hardware Time Stamp Push Event
              5. 12.2.2.4.7.13.5 Ethernet Port Events
                1. 12.2.2.4.7.13.5.1 Ethernet Port Receive Event
                2. 12.2.2.4.7.13.5.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Event
                3. 12.2.2.4.7.13.5.3 2354
            14. 12.2.2.4.7.14 Timestamp Compare Event
              1. 12.2.2.4.7.14.1 32-Bit Mode
              2. 12.2.2.4.7.14.2 64-Bit Mode
            15. 12.2.2.4.7.15 Host Transmit Event
            16. 12.2.2.4.7.16 CPTS Interrupt Handling
          8. 12.2.2.4.8 CPPI Streaming Packet Interface
            1. 12.2.2.4.8.1 Port 0 CPPI Transmit Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW_5X Egress)
            2. 12.2.2.4.8.2 CPPI Receive Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW Ingress)
            3. 12.2.2.4.8.3 CPPI Checksum Offload
              1. 12.2.2.4.8.3.1 CPPI Transmit Checksum Offload
                1. 12.2.2.4.8.3.1.1 IPV4 UDP
                2. 12.2.2.4.8.3.1.2 IPV4 TCP
                3. 12.2.2.4.8.3.1.3 IPV6 UDP
                4. 12.2.2.4.8.3.1.4 IPV6 TCP
            4. 12.2.2.4.8.4 CPPI Receive Checksum Offload
            5. 12.2.2.4.8.5 Egress Packet Operations
          9. 12.2.2.4.9 MII Management Interface (MDIO)
            1. 12.2.2.4.9.1 MDIO Frame Formats
            2. 12.2.2.4.9.2 MDIO Functional Description
        5. 12.2.2.5 CPSW0 Programming Guide
          1. 12.2.2.5.1 Initialization and Configuration of CPSW Subsystem
          2. 12.2.2.5.2 Ethernet MAC Reset or XGMII/GMII Mode Change Configuration
          3. 12.2.2.5.3 MDIO Software Interface
            1. 12.2.2.5.3.1 Initializing the MDIO Module
            2. 12.2.2.5.3.2 Writing Data To a PHY Register
            3. 12.2.2.5.3.3 Reading Data From a PHY Register
        6. 12.2.2.6 CPSW0 Registers
          1. 12.2.2.6.1  CPSW0_NUSS Subsystem (SS) Registers
          2. 12.2.2.6.2  CPSW0_SGMII Registers
          3. 12.2.2.6.3  CPSW0_MDIO Registers
          4. 12.2.2.6.4  CPSW0_CPTS Registers
          5. 12.2.2.6.5  CPSW0_CONTROL Registers
          6. 12.2.2.6.6  CPSW0_CPINT Registers
          7. 12.2.2.6.7  CPSW0_RAM Registers
          8. 12.2.2.6.8  CPSW0_STAT Registers
          9. 12.2.2.6.9  CPSW0_ALE Registers
          10. 12.2.2.6.10 CPSW0_PCSR Registers
          11. 12.2.2.6.11 CPSW0_ECC Registers
      3. 12.2.3 Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) Subsystem
        1. 12.2.3.1 PCIe Subsystem Overview
          1. 12.2.3.1.1 PCIe Subsystem Features
          2. 12.2.3.1.2 PCIe Subsystem Not Supported Features
        2. 12.2.3.2 PCIe Subsystem Environment
        3. 12.2.3.3 PCIe Subsystem Integration
        4. 12.2.3.4 PCIe Subsystem Functional Description
          1. 12.2.3.4.1  PCIe Subsystem Block Diagram
            1. 12.2.3.4.1.1 PCIe Core Module
            2. 12.2.3.4.1.2 PCIe PHY Interface
            3. 12.2.3.4.1.3 CBA Infrastructure
            4. 12.2.3.4.1.4 VBUSM to AXI Bridges
            5. 12.2.3.4.1.5 AXI to VBUSM Bridges
            6. 12.2.3.4.1.6 VBUSP to APB Bridge
            7. 12.2.3.4.1.7 Custom Logic
          2. 12.2.3.4.2  PCIe Subsystem Reset Schemes
            1. 12.2.3.4.2.1 PCIe Conventional Reset
            2. 12.2.3.4.2.2 PCIe Function Level Reset
            3. 12.2.3.4.2.3 PCIe Reset Isolation
              1. 12.2.3.4.2.3.1 Root Port Reset with Device Not Reset
              2. 12.2.3.4.2.3.2 Device Reset with Root Port Not Reset
              3. 12.2.3.4.2.3.3 End Point Device Reset with Root Port Not Reset
              4. 12.2.3.4.2.3.4 Device Reset with End Point Device Not Reset
            4. 12.2.3.4.2.4 PCIe Reset Limitations
            5. 12.2.3.4.2.5 PCIe Reset Requirements
          3. 12.2.3.4.3  PCIe Subsystem Power Management
            1. 12.2.3.4.3.1 CBA Power Management
          4. 12.2.3.4.4  PCIe Subsystem Interrupts
            1. 12.2.3.4.4.1 Interrupts Aggregation
            2. 12.2.3.4.4.2 Interrupt Generation in EP Mode
              1. 12.2.3.4.4.2.1 Legacy Interrupt Generation in EP Mode
              2. 12.2.3.4.4.2.2 MSI and MSI-X Interrupt Generation
            3. 12.2.3.4.4.3 Interrupt Reception in EP Mode
              1. 12.2.3.4.4.3.1 PCIe Core Downstream Interrupts
              2. 12.2.3.4.4.3.2 PCIe Core Function Level Reset Interrupts
              3. 12.2.3.4.4.3.3 PCIe Core Power Management Event Interrupts
              4. 12.2.3.4.4.3.4 PCIe Core Hot Reset Request Interrupt
              5. 12.2.3.4.4.3.5 PTM Valid Interrupt
            4. 12.2.3.4.4.4 Interrupt Generation in RP Mode
            5. 12.2.3.4.4.5 Interrupt Reception in RP Mode
              1. 12.2.3.4.4.5.1 PCIe Legacy Interrupt Reception in RP Mode
              2. 12.2.3.4.4.5.2 MSI/MSI-X Interrupt Reception in RP Mode
              3. 12.2.3.4.4.5.3 Advanced Error Reporting Interrupt
            6. 12.2.3.4.4.6 Common Interrupt Reception in RP and EP Modes
              1. 12.2.3.4.4.6.1 PCIe Local Interrupt
              2. 12.2.3.4.4.6.2 PHY Interrupt
              3. 12.2.3.4.4.6.3 Link down Interrupt
              4. 12.2.3.4.4.6.4 Transaction Error Interrupts
              5. 12.2.3.4.4.6.5 Power Management Event Interrupt
              6. 12.2.3.4.4.6.6 Active Internal Diagnostics Interrupts
            7. 12.2.3.4.4.7 ECC Aggregator Interrupts
            8. 12.2.3.4.4.8 CPTS Interrupt
          5. 12.2.3.4.5  PCIe Subsystem DMA Support
            1. 12.2.3.4.5.1 PCIe DMA Support in RP Mode
            2. 12.2.3.4.5.2 PCIe DMA Support in EP Mode
          6. 12.2.3.4.6  PCIe Subsystem Transactions
            1. 12.2.3.4.6.1 PCIe Supported Transactions
            2. 12.2.3.4.6.2 PCIe Transaction Limitations
          7. 12.2.3.4.7  PCIe Subsystem Address Translation
            1. 12.2.3.4.7.1 PCIe Inbound Address Translation
              1. 12.2.3.4.7.1.1 Root Port Inbound PCIe to AXI Address Translation
              2. 12.2.3.4.7.1.2 End Point Inbound PCIe to AXI Address Translation
            2. 12.2.3.4.7.2 PCIe Outbound Address Translation
              1. 12.2.3.4.7.2.1 PCIe Outbound Address Translation Bypass
          8. 12.2.3.4.8  PCIe Subsystem Virtualization Support
            1. 12.2.3.4.8.1 End Point SR-IOV Support
            2. 12.2.3.4.8.2 Root Port ATS Support
            3. 12.2.3.4.8.3 VirtID Mapping
          9. 12.2.3.4.9  PCIe Subsystem Quality-of-Service (QoS)
          10. 12.2.3.4.10 PCIe Subsystem Precision Time Measurement (PTM)
          11. 12.2.3.4.11 PCIe Subsystem Loopback
            1. 12.2.3.4.11.1 PCIe PIPE Loopback
              1. 12.2.3.4.11.1.1 PIPE Loopback Master Mode
              2. 12.2.3.4.11.1.2 PIPE Loopback Slave Mode
          12. 12.2.3.4.12 PCIe Subsystem Error Handling
            1. 12.2.3.4.12.1 PCIe AXI to/from VBUSM Bus Error Mapping
          13. 12.2.3.4.13 PCIe Subsystem Internal Diagnostics Features
            1. 12.2.3.4.13.1 PCIe Parity
            2. 12.2.3.4.13.2 ECC Aggregators
            3. 12.2.3.4.13.3 RAM ECC Inversion
          14. 12.2.3.4.14 LTSSM State Encoding
        5. 12.2.3.5 PCIe Subsystem Registers
          1. 12.2.3.5.1  PCIE_CORE_EP_PF Registers
          2. 12.2.3.5.2  PCIE_CORE_EP_VF Registers
          3. 12.2.3.5.3  PCIE_CORE_RP Registers
          4. 12.2.3.5.4  PCIE_CORE_LM Registers
          5. 12.2.3.5.5  PCIE_CORE_AXI Registers
          6. 12.2.3.5.6  PCIE_INTD Registers
          7. 12.2.3.5.7  PCIE_VMAP Registers
          8. 12.2.3.5.8  PCIE_CPTS Registers
          9. 12.2.3.5.9  PCIE_USER_CFG Registers
          10. 12.2.3.5.10 PCIE_ECC_AGGR0 Registers
          11. 12.2.3.5.11 PCIE_ECC_AGGR1 Registers
          12. 12.2.3.5.12 PCIE_DAT0 Registers
          13. 12.2.3.5.13 PCIE_DAT1 Registers
      4. 12.2.4 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Subsystem
        1. 12.2.4.1 USB Overview
          1. 12.2.4.1.1 USB Features
          2. 12.2.4.1.2 USB Not Supported Features
          3. 12.2.4.1.3 USB Terminology
        2. 12.2.4.2 USB Environment
        3. 12.2.4.3 USB Integration
        4. 12.2.4.4 USB Functional Description
          1. 12.2.4.4.1 USB Type-C Connector Support
          2. 12.2.4.4.2 USB Controller Reset
          3. 12.2.4.4.3 Overcurrent Detection
          4. 12.2.4.4.4 Top-Level Initialization Sequence
        5. 12.2.4.5 USB Registers
          1. 12.2.4.5.1 USB3P0SS_MMR_MMRVBP_USBSS_CMN Registers
          2. 12.2.4.5.2 USB_ECC_AGGR_CFG Registers
          3. 12.2.4.5.3 USB_RAMS_INJ_CFG Registers
      5. 12.2.5 Serializer/Deserializer (SerDes)
        1. 12.2.5.1 SerDes Overview
          1. 12.2.5.1.1 SerDes Features
          2. 12.2.5.1.2 Industry Standards Compatibility
        2. 12.2.5.2 SerDes Environment
          1. 12.2.5.2.1 SerDes I/Os
        3. 12.2.5.3 SerDes Integration
          1. 12.2.5.3.1 WIZ Settings
            1. 12.2.5.3.1.1 Interface Selection
            2. 12.2.5.3.1.2 Reference Clock Distribution
            3. 12.2.5.3.1.3 Internal Reference Clock Selection
        4. 12.2.5.4 SerDes Functional Description
          1. 12.2.5.4.1 SerDes Block Diagram
          2. 12.2.5.4.2 SerDes Programming Guide
    3. 12.3 Memory Interfaces
      1. 12.3.1 Flash Subsystem (FSS)
        1. 12.3.1.1 FSS Overview
          1. 12.3.1.1.1 FSS Features
          2. 12.3.1.1.2 FSS Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.1.2 FSS Environment
          1. 12.3.1.2.1 FSS Typical Application
        3. 12.3.1.3 FSS Integration
          1. 12.3.1.3.1 FSS Integration in MCU Domain
        4. 12.3.1.4 FSS Functional Description
          1. 12.3.1.4.1 FSS Block Diagram
          2. 12.3.1.4.2 FSS ECC Support
            1. 12.3.1.4.2.1 FSS ECC Calculation
          3. 12.3.1.4.3 FSS Modes of Operation
          4. 12.3.1.4.4 FSS Regions
            1. 12.3.1.4.4.1 FSS Regions Boot Size Configuration
          5. 12.3.1.4.5 FSS Memory Regions
        5. 12.3.1.5 FSS Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.1.5.1 FSS Initialization Sequence
          2. 12.3.1.5.2 FSS Real-Time Operation
          3. 12.3.1.5.3 FSS Power Up/Down Sequence
        6. 12.3.1.6 FSS Registers
      2. 12.3.2 Octal Serial Peripheral Interface (OSPI)
        1. 12.3.2.1 OSPI Overview
          1. 12.3.2.1.1 OSPI Features
          2. 12.3.2.1.2 OSPI Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.2.2 OSPI Environment
        3. 12.3.2.3 OSPI Integration
          1. 12.3.2.3.1 OSPI Integration in MCU Domain
        4. 12.3.2.4 OSPI Functional Description
          1. 12.3.2.4.1  OSPI Block Diagram
            1. 12.3.2.4.1.1 Data Target Interface
            2. 12.3.2.4.1.2 Configuration Target Interface
            3. 12.3.2.4.1.3 OSPI Clock Domains
          2. 12.3.2.4.2  OSPI Modes
            1. 12.3.2.4.2.1 Read Data Capture
              1. 12.3.2.4.2.1.1 Mechanisms of Data Capturing
              2. 12.3.2.4.2.1.2 Data Capturing Mechanism Using Taps
              3. 12.3.2.4.2.1.3 Data Capturing Mechanism Using PHY Module
            2. 12.3.2.4.2.2 External Pull Down on DQS
          3. 12.3.2.4.3  OSPI Power Management
          4. 12.3.2.4.4  Auto HW Polling
          5. 12.3.2.4.5  Flash Reset
          6. 12.3.2.4.6  OSPI Memory Regions
          7. 12.3.2.4.7  OSPI Interrupt Requests
          8. 12.3.2.4.8  OSPI Data Interface
            1. 12.3.2.4.8.1 Data Interface Address Remapping
            2. 12.3.2.4.8.2 Write Protection
            3. 12.3.2.4.8.3 Access Forwarding
          9. 12.3.2.4.9  OSPI Direct Access Controller (DAC)
          10. 12.3.2.4.10 OSPI Indirect Access Controller (INDAC)
            1. 12.3.2.4.10.1 Indirect Read Controller
              1. 12.3.2.4.10.1.1 Indirect Read Transfer Process
            2. 12.3.2.4.10.2 Indirect Write Controller
              1. 12.3.2.4.10.2.1 Indirect Write Transfer Process
            3. 12.3.2.4.10.3 Indirect Access Queuing
            4. 12.3.2.4.10.4 Consecutive Writes and Reads Using Indirect Transfers
            5. 12.3.2.4.10.5 Accessing the SRAM
          11. 12.3.2.4.11 OSPI Software-Triggered Instruction Generator (STIG)
            1. 12.3.2.4.11.1 Servicing a STIG Request
            2. 12.3.2.4.11.2 2578
          12. 12.3.2.4.12 OSPI Arbitration Between Direct / Indirect Access Controller and STIG
          13. 12.3.2.4.13 OSPI Command Translation
          14. 12.3.2.4.14 Selecting the Flash Instruction Type
          15. 12.3.2.4.15 OSPI Data Integrity
          16. 12.3.2.4.16 OSPI PHY Module
            1. 12.3.2.4.16.1 PHY Pipeline Mode
            2. 12.3.2.4.16.2 Read Data Capturing by the PHY Module
        5. 12.3.2.5 OSPI Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.2.5.1 Configuring the OSPI Controller for Use After Reset
          2. 12.3.2.5.2 Configuring the OSPI Controller for Optimal Use
          3. 12.3.2.5.3 Using the Flash Command Control Register (STIG Operation)
          4. 12.3.2.5.4 Using SPI Legacy Mode
          5. 12.3.2.5.5 Entering XIP Mode from POR
          6. 12.3.2.5.6 Entering XIP Mode Otherwise
          7. 12.3.2.5.7 Exiting XIP Mode
        6. 12.3.2.6 OSPI Registers
      3. 12.3.3 HyperBus Interface
        1. 12.3.3.1 HyperBus Overview
          1. 12.3.3.1.1 HyperBus Features
          2. 12.3.3.1.2 HyperBus Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.3.2 HyperBus Environment
        3. 12.3.3.3 HyperBus Integration
          1. 12.3.3.3.1 HyperBus Integration in MCU Domain
        4. 12.3.3.4 HyperBus Functional Description
          1. 12.3.3.4.1 HyperBus Interrupts
          2. 12.3.3.4.2 HyperBus ECC Support
            1. 12.3.3.4.2.1 ECC Aggregator
          3. 12.3.3.4.3 HyperBus Internal FIFOs
          4. 12.3.3.4.4 HyperBus Data Regions
          5. 12.3.3.4.5 HyperBus True Continuous Read (TCR) Mode
        5. 12.3.3.5 HyperBus Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.3.5.1 HyperBus Initialization Sequence
            1. 12.3.3.5.1.1 HyperFlash Access
            2. 12.3.3.5.1.2 HyperRAM Access
          2. 12.3.3.5.2 HyperBus Real-time Operating Requirements
          3. 12.3.3.5.3 HyperBus Power Up/Down Sequence
        6. 12.3.3.6 HyperBus Registers
      4. 12.3.4 General-Purpose Memory Controller (GPMC)
        1. 12.3.4.1 GPMC Overview
          1. 12.3.4.1.1 GPMC Features
          2. 12.3.4.1.2 GPMC Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.4.2 GPMC Environment
          1. 12.3.4.2.1 GPMC Modes
          2. 12.3.4.2.2 GPMC I/O Signals
        3. 12.3.4.3 GPMC Integration
          1. 12.3.4.3.1 GPMC Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.3.4.4 GPMC Functional Description
          1. 12.3.4.4.1  GPMC Block Diagram
          2. 12.3.4.4.2  GPMC Clock Configuration
          3. 12.3.4.4.3  GPMC Power Management
          4. 12.3.4.4.4  GPMC Interrupt Requests
          5. 12.3.4.4.5  GPMC Interconnect Port Interface
          6. 12.3.4.4.6  GPMC Address and Data Bus
            1. 12.3.4.4.6.1 GPMC I/O Configuration Setting
          7. 12.3.4.4.7  GPMC Address Decoder and Chip-Select Configuration
            1. 12.3.4.4.7.1 Chip-Select Base Address and Region Size
            2. 12.3.4.4.7.2 Access Protocol
              1. 12.3.4.4.7.2.1 Supported Devices
              2. 12.3.4.4.7.2.2 Access Size Adaptation and Device Width
              3. 12.3.4.4.7.2.3 Address/Data-Multiplexing Interface
            3. 12.3.4.4.7.3 External Signals
              1. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1 WAIT Pin Monitoring Control
                1. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.1 Wait Monitoring During Asynchronous Read Access
                2. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.2 Wait Monitoring During Asynchronous Write Access
                3. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.3 Wait Monitoring During Synchronous Read Access
                4. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.4 Wait Monitoring During Synchronous Write Access
                5. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.5 Wait With NAND Device
                6. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.6 Idle Cycle Control Between Successive Accesses
                  1. 3.4.4.7.3.1.6.1 Bus Turnaround (BUSTURNAROUND)
                  2. 3.4.4.7.3.1.6.2 Idle Cycles Between Accesses to Same Chip-Select (CYCLE2CYCLESAMECSEN, CYCLE2CYCLEDELAY)
                  3. 3.4.4.7.3.1.6.3 Idle Cycles Between Accesses to Different Chip-Select (CYCLE2CYCLEDIFFCSEN, CYCLE2CYCLEDELAY)
                7. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.7 Slow Device Support (TIMEPARAGRANULARITY Parameter)
              2. 12.3.4.4.7.3.2 DIR Pin
              3. 12.3.4.4.7.3.3 Reset
              4. 12.3.4.4.7.3.4 Write Protect Signal (nWP)
              5. 12.3.4.4.7.3.5 Byte Enable (nBE1/nBE0)
            4. 12.3.4.4.7.4 Error Handling
          8. 12.3.4.4.8  GPMC Timing Setting
            1. 12.3.4.4.8.1  Read Cycle Time and Write Cycle Time (RDCYCLETIME / WRCYCLETIME)
            2. 12.3.4.4.8.2  nCS: Chip-Select Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (CSONTIME / CSRDOFFTIME / CSWROFFTIME / CSEXTRADELAY)
            3. 12.3.4.4.8.3  nADV/ALE: Address Valid/Address Latch Enable Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (ADVONTIME / ADVRDOFFTIME / ADVWROFFTIME / ADVEXTRADELAY/ADVAADMUXONTIME/ADVAADMUXRDOFFTIME/ADVAADMUXWROFFTIME)
            4. 12.3.4.4.8.4  nOE/nRE: Output Enable/Read Enable Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (OEONTIME / OEOFFTIME / OEEXTRADELAY / OEAADMUXONTIME / OEAADMUXOFFTIME)
            5. 12.3.4.4.8.5  nWE: Write Enable Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (WEONTIME / WEOFFTIME / WEEXTRADELAY)
            6. 12.3.4.4.8.6  GPMC_CLKOUT
            7. 12.3.4.4.8.7  GPMC Output Clock and Control Signals Setup and Hold
            8. 12.3.4.4.8.8  Access Time (RDACCESSTIME / WRACCESSTIME)
              1. 12.3.4.4.8.8.1 Access Time on Read Access
              2. 12.3.4.4.8.8.2 Access Time on Write Access
            9. 12.3.4.4.8.9  Page Burst Access Time (PAGEBURSTACCESSTIME)
              1. 12.3.4.4.8.9.1 Page Burst Access Time on Read Access
              2. 12.3.4.4.8.9.2 Page Burst Access Time on Write Access
            10. 12.3.4.4.8.10 Bus Keeping Support
          9. 12.3.4.4.9  GPMC NOR Access Description
            1. 12.3.4.4.9.1 Asynchronous Access Description
              1. 12.3.4.4.9.1.1 Access on Address/Data Multiplexed Devices
                1. 12.3.4.4.9.1.1.1 Asynchronous Single-Read Operation on an Address/Data Multiplexed Device
                2. 12.3.4.4.9.1.1.2 Asynchronous Single-Write Operation on an Address/Data-Multiplexed Device
                3. 12.3.4.4.9.1.1.3 Asynchronous Multiple (Page) Write Operation on an Address/Data-Multiplexed Device
              2. 12.3.4.4.9.1.2 Access on Address/Address/Data-Multiplexed Devices
                1. 12.3.4.4.9.1.2.1 Asynchronous Single Read Operation on an AAD-Multiplexed Device
                2. 12.3.4.4.9.1.2.2 Asynchronous Single-Write Operation on an AAD-Multiplexed Device
                3. 12.3.4.4.9.1.2.3 Asynchronous Multiple (Page) Read Operation on an AAD-Multiplexed Device
            2. 12.3.4.4.9.2 Synchronous Access Description
              1. 12.3.4.4.9.2.1 Synchronous Single Read
              2. 12.3.4.4.9.2.2 Synchronous Multiple (Burst) Read (4-, 8-, 16-Word16 Burst With Wraparound Capability)
              3. 12.3.4.4.9.2.3 Synchronous Single Write
              4. 12.3.4.4.9.2.4 Synchronous Multiple (Burst) Write
            3. 12.3.4.4.9.3 Asynchronous and Synchronous Accesses in non-multiplexed Mode
              1. 12.3.4.4.9.3.1 Asynchronous Single-Read Operation on non-multiplexed Device
              2. 12.3.4.4.9.3.2 Asynchronous Single-Write Operation on non-multiplexed Device
              3. 12.3.4.4.9.3.3 Asynchronous Multiple (Page Mode) Read Operation on non-multiplexed Device
              4. 12.3.4.4.9.3.4 Synchronous Operations on a non-multiplexed Device
            4. 12.3.4.4.9.4 Page and Burst Support
            5. 12.3.4.4.9.5 System Burst vs External Device Burst Support
          10. 12.3.4.4.10 GPMC pSRAM Access Specificities
          11. 12.3.4.4.11 GPMC NAND Access Description
            1. 12.3.4.4.11.1 NAND Memory Device in Byte or 16-bit Word Stream Mode
              1. 12.3.4.4.11.1.1 Chip-Select Configuration for NAND Interfacing in Byte or Word Stream Mode
              2. 12.3.4.4.11.1.2 NAND Device Command and Address Phase Control
              3. 12.3.4.4.11.1.3 Command Latch Cycle
              4. 12.3.4.4.11.1.4 Address Latch Cycle
              5. 12.3.4.4.11.1.5 NAND Device Data Read and Write Phase Control in Stream Mode
              6. 12.3.4.4.11.1.6 NAND Device General Chip-Select Timing Control Requirement
              7. 12.3.4.4.11.1.7 Read and Write Access Size Adaptation
                1. 12.3.4.4.11.1.7.1 8-Bit-Wide NAND Device
                2. 12.3.4.4.11.1.7.2 16-Bit-Wide NAND Device
            2. 12.3.4.4.11.2 NAND Device-Ready Pin
              1. 12.3.4.4.11.2.1 Ready Pin Monitored by Software Polling
              2. 12.3.4.4.11.2.2 Ready Pin Monitored by Hardware Interrupt
            3. 12.3.4.4.11.3 ECC Calculator
              1. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1 Hamming Code
                1. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.1 ECC Result Register and ECC Computation Accumulation Size
                2. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.2 ECC Enabling
                3. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.3 ECC Computation
                4. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.4 ECC Comparison and Correction
                5. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.5 ECC Calculation Based on 8-Bit Word
                6. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.6 ECC Calculation Based on 16-Bit Word
              2. 12.3.4.4.11.3.2 BCH Code
                1. 12.3.4.4.11.3.2.1 Requirements
                2. 12.3.4.4.11.3.2.2 Memory Mapping of BCH Codeword
                  1. 3.4.4.11.3.2.2.1 Memory Mapping of Data Message
                  2. 3.4.4.11.3.2.2.2 Memory-Mapping of the ECC
                  3. 3.4.4.11.3.2.2.3 Wrapping Modes
                    1. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.1  Manual Mode (0x0)
                    2. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.2  Mode 0x1
                    3. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.3  Mode 0xA (10)
                    4. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.4  Mode 0x2
                    5. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.5  Mode 0x3
                    6. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.6  Mode 0x7
                    7. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.7  Mode 0x8
                    8. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.8  Mode 0x4
                    9. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.9  Mode 0x9
                    10. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.10 Mode 0x5
                    11. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.11 Mode 0xB (11)
                    12. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.12 Mode 0x6
                3. 12.3.4.4.11.3.2.3 Supported NAND Page Mappings and ECC Schemes
                  1. 3.4.4.11.3.2.3.1 Per-Sector Spare Mappings
                  2. 3.4.4.11.3.2.3.2 Pooled Spare Mapping
                  3. 3.4.4.11.3.2.3.3 Per-Sector Spare Mapping, with ECC Separated at the End of the Page
            4. 12.3.4.4.11.4 Prefetch and Write-Posting Engine
              1. 12.3.4.4.11.4.1 General Facts About the Engine Configuration
              2. 12.3.4.4.11.4.2 Prefetch Mode
              3. 12.3.4.4.11.4.3 FIFO Control in Prefetch Mode
              4. 12.3.4.4.11.4.4 Write-Posting Mode
              5. 12.3.4.4.11.4.5 FIFO Control in Write-Posting Mode
              6. 12.3.4.4.11.4.6 Optimizing NAND Access Using the Prefetch and Write-Posting Engine
              7. 12.3.4.4.11.4.7 Interleaved Accesses Between Prefetch and Write-Posting Engine and Other Chip-Selects
          12. 12.3.4.4.12 GPMC Use Cases and Tips
            1. 12.3.4.4.12.1 How to Set GPMC Timing Parameters for Typical Accesses
              1. 12.3.4.4.12.1.1 External Memory Attached to the GPMC Module
              2. 12.3.4.4.12.1.2 Typical GPMC Setup
                1. 12.3.4.4.12.1.2.1 GPMC Configuration for Synchronous Burst Read Access
                2. 12.3.4.4.12.1.2.2 GPMC Configuration for Asynchronous Read Access
                3. 12.3.4.4.12.1.2.3 GPMC Configuration for Asynchronous Single Write Access
            2. 12.3.4.4.12.2 How to Choose a Suitable Memory to Use With the GPMC
              1. 12.3.4.4.12.2.1 Supported Memories or Devices
                1. 12.3.4.4.12.2.1.1 Memory Pin Multiplexing
                2. 12.3.4.4.12.2.1.2 NAND Interface Protocol
                3. 12.3.4.4.12.2.1.3 NOR Interface Protocol
                4. 12.3.4.4.12.2.1.4 Other Technologies
        5. 12.3.4.5 GPMC Basic Programming Model
          1. 12.3.4.5.1 GPMC High-Level Programming Model Overview
          2. 12.3.4.5.2 GPMC Initialization
          3. 12.3.4.5.3 GPMC Configuration in NOR Mode
          4. 12.3.4.5.4 GPMC Configuration in NAND Mode
          5. 12.3.4.5.5 Set Memory Access
          6. 12.3.4.5.6 GPMC Timing Parameters
            1. 12.3.4.5.6.1 GPMC Timing Parameters Formulas
              1. 12.3.4.5.6.1.1 NAND Flash Interface Timing Parameters Formulas
              2. 12.3.4.5.6.1.2 Synchronous NOR Flash Timing Parameters Formulas
              3. 12.3.4.5.6.1.3 Asynchronous NOR Flash Timing Parameters Formulas
        6. 12.3.4.6 GPMC Registers
      5. 12.3.5 Error Location Module (ELM)
        1. 12.3.5.1 ELM Overview
          1. 12.3.5.1.1 ELM Features
          2. 12.3.5.1.2 ELM Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.5.2 ELM Integration
          1. 12.3.5.2.1 ELM Integration in MAIN Domain
        3. 12.3.5.3 ELM Functional Description
          1. 12.3.5.3.1 ELM Software Reset
          2. 12.3.5.3.2 ELM Power Management
          3. 12.3.5.3.3 ELM Interrupt Requests
          4. 12.3.5.3.4 ELM Processing Initialization
          5. 12.3.5.3.5 ELM Processing Sequence
          6. 12.3.5.3.6 ELM Processing Completion
        4. 12.3.5.4 ELM Basic Programming Model
          1. 12.3.5.4.1 ELM Low-Level Programming Model
            1. 12.3.5.4.1.1 Processing Initialization
            2. 12.3.5.4.1.2 Read Results
            3. 12.3.5.4.1.3 2788
          2. 12.3.5.4.2 Use Case: ELM Used in Continuous Mode
          3. 12.3.5.4.3 Use Case: ELM Used in Page Mode
        5. 12.3.5.5 ELM Registers
      6. 12.3.6 Multi-Media Card Secure Digital (MMCSD) Interface
        1. 12.3.6.1 MMCSD Overview
          1. 12.3.6.1.1 MMCSD Features
          2. 12.3.6.1.2 MMCSD Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.6.2 MMCSD Environment
          1. 12.3.6.2.1 Protocol and Data Format
            1. 12.3.6.2.1.1 Protocol
            2. 12.3.6.2.1.2 Data Format
              1. 12.3.6.2.1.2.1 Coding Scheme for Command Token
              2. 12.3.6.2.1.2.2 Coding Scheme for Response Token
              3. 12.3.6.2.1.2.3 Coding Scheme for Data Token
        3. 12.3.6.3 MMCSD Integration
          1. 12.3.6.3.1 MMCSD Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.3.6.4 MMCSD Functional Description
          1. 12.3.6.4.1 Block Diagram
          2. 12.3.6.4.2 Memory Regions
          3. 12.3.6.4.3 Interrupt Requests
          4. 12.3.6.4.4 ECC Support
            1. 12.3.6.4.4.1 ECC Aggregator
          5. 12.3.6.4.5 Advanced DMA
          6. 12.3.6.4.6 eMMC PHY BIST
            1. 12.3.6.4.6.1 BIST Overview
            2. 12.3.6.4.6.2 BIST Modes
              1. 12.3.6.4.6.2.1 DS Mode
              2. 12.3.6.4.6.2.2 HS Mode with TXDLY using DLL
              3. 12.3.6.4.6.2.3 HS Mode with TXDLY using Delay Chain
              4. 12.3.6.4.6.2.4 DDR50 Mode with TXDLY using DLL
              5. 12.3.6.4.6.2.5 DDR50 Mode with TXDLY using Delay Chain
              6. 12.3.6.4.6.2.6 HS200 Mode with TX/RXDLY using DLL
              7. 12.3.6.4.6.2.7 HS200 Mode with TX/RXDLY using Delay Chain
              8. 12.3.6.4.6.2.8 HS400 Mode
            3. 12.3.6.4.6.3 BIST Functionality
            4. 12.3.6.4.6.4 Signal Interface
            5. 12.3.6.4.6.5 Programming Flow
              1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.1 DS Mode
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.1.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.1.2 BIST Programming
              2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.2 HS Mode with DLY_CHAIN
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.2.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.2.2 BIST Programming
              3. 12.3.6.4.6.5.3 HS Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.3.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.3.2 BIST Programming
              4. 12.3.6.4.6.5.4 DDR52 Mode with DLY_CHAIN
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.4.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.4.2 BIST Programming
              5. 12.3.6.4.6.5.5 DDR52 Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.5.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.5.2 BIST Programming
              6. 12.3.6.4.6.5.6 HS200 Mode with DLY_CHAIN
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.6.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.6.2 BIST Programming
              7. 12.3.6.4.6.5.7 HS200 Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.7.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.7.2 BIST Programming
              8. 12.3.6.4.6.5.8 HS400 Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.8.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.8.2 BIST Programming
            6. 12.3.6.4.6.6 HS200 BIST Result Check Procedure
        5. 12.3.6.5 MMCSD Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.6.5.1 Sequences
            1. 12.3.6.5.1.1  SD Card Detection
            2. 12.3.6.5.1.2  SD Clock Control
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.2.1 Internal Clock Setup Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.5.1.2.2 SD Clock Supply and Stop Sequence
              3. 12.3.6.5.1.2.3 SD Clock Frequency Change Sequence
            3. 12.3.6.5.1.3  SD Bus Power Control
            4. 12.3.6.5.1.4  Changing Bus Width
            5. 12.3.6.5.1.5  Timeout Setting on DAT Line
            6. 12.3.6.5.1.6  Card Initialization and Identification (for SD I/F)
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.6.1 Signal Voltage Switch Procedure (for UHS-I)
            7. 12.3.6.5.1.7  SD Transaction Generation
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.7.1 Transaction Control without Data Transfer Using DAT Line
                1. 12.3.6.5.1.7.1.1 The Sequence to Issue a SD Command
                2. 12.3.6.5.1.7.1.2 The Sequence to Finalize a Command
                3. 12.3.6.5.1.7.1.3 2867
              2. 12.3.6.5.1.7.2 Transaction Control with Data Transfer Using DAT Line
                1. 12.3.6.5.1.7.2.1 Not using DMA
                2. 12.3.6.5.1.7.2.2 Using SDMA
                3. 12.3.6.5.1.7.2.3 Using ADMA
            8. 12.3.6.5.1.8  Abort Transaction
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.8.1 Asynchronous Abort
              2. 12.3.6.5.1.8.2 Synchronous Abort
            9. 12.3.6.5.1.9  Changing Bus Speed Mode
            10. 12.3.6.5.1.10 Error Recovery
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.10.1 Error Interrupt Recovery
              2. 12.3.6.5.1.10.2 Auto CMD12 Error Recovery
            11. 12.3.6.5.1.11 Wakeup Control (Optional)
            12. 12.3.6.5.1.12 Suspend/Resume (Optional, Not Supported from Version 4.00)
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.12.1 Suspend Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.5.1.12.2 Resume Sequence
              3. 12.3.6.5.1.12.3 Stop At Block Gap/Continue Timing for Read Transaction
              4. 12.3.6.5.1.12.4 Stop At Block Gap/Continue Timing for Write Transaction
          2. 12.3.6.5.2 Driver Flow Sequence
            1. 12.3.6.5.2.1 Host Controller Setup and Card Detection
              1. 12.3.6.5.2.1.1 Host Controller Setup Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.5.2.1.2 Card Interface Detection Sequence
            2. 12.3.6.5.2.2 Boot Operation
              1. 12.3.6.5.2.2.1 Normal Boot Operation: (For Legacy eMMC 5.0)
              2. 12.3.6.5.2.2.2 Alternate Boot Operation (For Legacy eMMC 5.0):
              3. 12.3.6.5.2.2.3 Boot Code Chunk Read Operation (For Legacy eMMC 5.0):
            3. 12.3.6.5.2.3 Retuning procedure (For Legacy Interface)
              1. 12.3.6.5.2.3.1 Sampling Clock Tuning
              2. 12.3.6.5.2.3.2 Tuning Modes
              3. 12.3.6.5.2.3.3 Re-Tuning Mode 2
            4. 12.3.6.5.2.4 Command Queuing Driver Flow Sequence
              1. 12.3.6.5.2.4.1 Command Queuing Initialization Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.5.2.4.2 Task Issuance Sequence
              3. 12.3.6.5.2.4.3 Task Execution and Completion Sequence
              4. 12.3.6.5.2.4.4 Task Discard and Clear Sequence
              5. 12.3.6.5.2.4.5 Error Detect and Recovery when CQ is enabled
        6. 12.3.6.6 MMCSD Registers
          1. 12.3.6.6.1 MMCSD0 Subsystem Registers
          2. 12.3.6.6.2 MMCSD0 RX RAM ECC Aggregator Registers
          3. 12.3.6.6.3 MMCSD0 TX RAM ECC Aggregator Registers
          4. 12.3.6.6.4 MMCSD0 Host Controller Registers
          5. 12.3.6.6.5 MMCSD1 Subsystem Registers
          6. 12.3.6.6.6 MMCSD1 RX RAM ECC Aggregator Registers
          7. 12.3.6.6.7 MMCSD1 TX RAM ECC Aggregator Registers
          8. 12.3.6.6.8 MMCSD1 Host Controller Registers
    4. 12.4 Industrial and Control Interfaces
      1. 12.4.1 Enhanced Capture (ECAP) Module
        1. 12.4.1.1 ECAP Overview
          1. 12.4.1.1.1 ECAP Features
        2. 12.4.1.2 ECAP Environment
          1. 12.4.1.2.1 ECAP I/O Interface
        3. 12.4.1.3 ECAP Integration
          1. 12.4.1.3.1 Daisy-Chain Connectivity between ECAP Modules
        4. 12.4.1.4 ECAP Functional Description
          1. 12.4.1.4.1 Capture and APWM Operating Modes
            1. 12.4.1.4.1.1 ECAP Capture Mode Description
              1. 12.4.1.4.1.1.1 ECAP Event Prescaler
              2. 12.4.1.4.1.1.2 ECAP Edge Polarity Select and Qualifier
              3. 12.4.1.4.1.1.3 ECAP Continuous/One-Shot Control
              4. 12.4.1.4.1.1.4 ECAP 32-Bit Counter and Phase Control
              5. 12.4.1.4.1.1.5 CAP1-CAP4 Registers
              6. 12.4.1.4.1.1.6 ECAP Interrupt Control
              7. 12.4.1.4.1.1.7 ECAP Shadow Load and Lockout Control
            2. 12.4.1.4.1.2 ECAP APWM Mode Operation
          2. 12.4.1.4.2 Summary of ECAP Functional Registers
        5. 12.4.1.5 ECAP Use Cases
          1. 12.4.1.5.1 Absolute Time-Stamp Operation Rising Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.5.1.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Absolute Time, Rising Edge Trigger
          2. 12.4.1.5.2 Absolute Time-Stamp Operation Rising and Falling Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.5.2.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Absolute Time, Rising and Falling Edge Trigger
          3. 12.4.1.5.3 Time Difference (Delta) Operation Rising Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.5.3.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Delta Time, Rising Edge Trigger
          4. 12.4.1.5.4 Time Difference (Delta) Operation Rising and Falling Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.5.4.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Delta Time, Rising and Falling Edge Triggers
          5. 12.4.1.5.5 Application of the APWM Mode
            1. 12.4.1.5.5.1 Simple PWM Generation (Independent Channel/s) Example
              1. 12.4.1.5.5.1.1 Code Snippet for APWM Mode
            2. 12.4.1.5.5.2 Multichannel PWM Generation with Synchronization Example
              1. 12.4.1.5.5.2.1 Code Snippet for Multichannel PWM Generation with Synchronization
            3. 12.4.1.5.5.3 Multichannel PWM Generation with Phase Control Example
              1. 12.4.1.5.5.3.1 Code Snippet for Multichannel PWM Generation with Phase Control
        6. 12.4.1.6 ECAP Registers
      2. 12.4.2 Enhanced Pulse Width Modulation (EPWM) Module
        1. 12.4.2.1 EPWM Overview
          1. 12.4.2.1.1 EPWM Features
          2. 12.4.2.1.2 EPWM Not Supported Features
          3. 12.4.2.1.3 2953
        2. 12.4.2.2 EPWM Environment
          1. 12.4.2.2.1 EPWM I/O Interface
        3. 12.4.2.3 EPWM Integration
          1. 12.4.2.3.1 Device Specific EPWM Features
          2. 12.4.2.3.2 Daisy-Chain Connectivity between EPWM Modules
          3. 12.4.2.3.3 ADC start of conversion signals (PWM_SOCA and PWM_SOCB)
          4. 12.4.2.3.4 EPWM Modules Time Base Clock Gating
        4. 12.4.2.4 EPWM Functional Description
          1. 12.4.2.4.1  EPWM Submodule Features
            1. 12.4.2.4.1.1 Constant Definitions Used in the EPWM Code Examples
          2. 12.4.2.4.2  EPWM Time-Base (TB) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.2.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.2.2 2966
            3. 12.4.2.4.2.3 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Time-Base Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.2.4 Calculating PWM Period and Frequency
              1. 12.4.2.4.2.4.1 EPWM Time-Base Period Shadow Register
              2. 12.4.2.4.2.4.2 EPWM Time-Base Counter Synchronization
            5. 12.4.2.4.2.5 Phase Locking the Time-Base Clocks of Multiple EPWM Modules
            6. 12.4.2.4.2.6 EPWM Time-Base Counter Modes and Timing Waveforms
          3. 12.4.2.4.3  EPWM Counter-Compare (CC) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.3.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.3.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Counter-Compare Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.3.3 Operational Highlights for the EPWM Counter-Compare Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.3.4 EPWM Counter-Compare Submodule Timing Waveforms
          4. 12.4.2.4.4  EPWM Action-Qualifier (AQ) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.4.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.4.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Action-Qualifier Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.4.3 EPWM Action-Qualifier Event Priority
            4. 12.4.2.4.4.4 Waveforms for Common EPWM Configurations
          5. 12.4.2.4.5  EPWM Dead-Band Generator (DB) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.5.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.5.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Dead-Band Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.5.3 Operational Highlights for the EPWM Dead-Band Generator Submodule
          6. 12.4.2.4.6  EPWM-Chopper (PC) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.6.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.6.2 2989
            3. 12.4.2.4.6.3 Controlling the EPWM-Chopper Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.6.4 Operational Highlights for the EPWM-Chopper Submodule
            5. 12.4.2.4.6.5 EPWM-Chopper Waveforms
              1. 12.4.2.4.6.5.1 EPWM-Chopper One-Shot Pulse
              2. 12.4.2.4.6.5.2 EPWM-Chopper Duty Cycle Control
          7. 12.4.2.4.7  EPWM Trip-Zone (TZ) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.7.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.7.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Trip-Zone Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.7.3 Operational Highlights for the EPWM Trip-Zone Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.7.4 Generating EPWM Trip-Event Interrupts
          8. 12.4.2.4.8  EPWM Event-Trigger (ET) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.8.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.8.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Event-Trigger Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.8.3 Operational Overview of the EPWM Event-Trigger Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.8.4 3004
          9. 12.4.2.4.9  EPWM High Resolution (HRPWM) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.9.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.9.2 Architecture of the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.9.3 Controlling and Monitoring the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.9.4 Configuring the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
            5. 12.4.2.4.9.5 Operational Highlights for the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
              1. 12.4.2.4.9.5.1 HRPWM Edge Positioning
              2. 12.4.2.4.9.5.2 HRPWM Scaling Considerations
              3. 12.4.2.4.9.5.3 HRPWM Duty Cycle Range Limitation
          10. 12.4.2.4.10 EPWM / HRPWM Functional Register Groups
          11. 12.4.2.4.11 Proper EPWM Interrupt Initialization Procedure
        5. 12.4.2.5 EPWM Registers
      3. 12.4.3 Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (EQEP) Module
        1. 12.4.3.1 EQEP Overview
          1. 12.4.3.1.1 EQEP Features
          2. 12.4.3.1.2 EQEP Not Supported Features
        2. 12.4.3.2 EQEP Environment
          1. 12.4.3.2.1 EQEP I/O Interface
        3. 12.4.3.3 EQEP Integration
          1. 12.4.3.3.1 Device Specific EQEP Features
        4. 12.4.3.4 EQEP Functional Description
          1. 12.4.3.4.1 EQEP Inputs
          2. 12.4.3.4.2 EQEP Quadrature Decoder Unit (QDU)
            1. 12.4.3.4.2.1 EQEP Position Counter Input Modes
              1. 12.4.3.4.2.1.1 Quadrature Count Mode
              2. 12.4.3.4.2.1.2 EQEP Direction-count Mode
              3. 12.4.3.4.2.1.3 EQEP Up-Count Mode
              4. 12.4.3.4.2.1.4 EQEP Down-Count Mode
            2. 12.4.3.4.2.2 EQEP Input Polarity Selection
            3. 12.4.3.4.2.3 EQEP Position-Compare Sync Output
          3. 12.4.3.4.3 EQEP Position Counter and Control Unit (PCCU)
            1. 12.4.3.4.3.1 EQEP Position Counter Operating Modes
              1. 12.4.3.4.3.1.1 EQEP Position Counter Reset on Index Event (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM] = 0b00)
              2. 12.4.3.4.3.1.2 EQEP Position Counter Reset on Maximum Position (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM=0b01)
              3. 12.4.3.4.3.1.3 Position Counter Reset on the First Index Event (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM = 0b10)
              4. 12.4.3.4.3.1.4 Position Counter Reset on Unit Time out Event (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM = 0b11)
            2. 12.4.3.4.3.2 EQEP Position Counter Latch
              1. 12.4.3.4.3.2.1 Index Event Latch
              2. 12.4.3.4.3.2.2 EQEP Strobe Event Latch
            3. 12.4.3.4.3.3 EQEP Position Counter Initialization
            4. 12.4.3.4.3.4 EQEP Position-Compare Unit
          4. 12.4.3.4.4 EQEP Edge Capture Unit
          5. 12.4.3.4.5 EQEP Watchdog
          6. 12.4.3.4.6 Unit Timer Base
          7. 12.4.3.4.7 EQEP Interrupt Structure
          8. 12.4.3.4.8 Summary of EQEP Functional Registers
        5. 12.4.3.5 EQEP Registers
      4. 12.4.4 Controller Area Network (MCAN)
        1. 12.4.4.1 MCAN Overview
          1. 12.4.4.1.1 MCAN Features
          2. 12.4.4.1.2 MCAN Not Supported Features
        2. 12.4.4.2 MCAN Environment
          1. 12.4.4.2.1 CAN Network Basics
        3. 12.4.4.3 MCAN Integration
          1. 12.4.4.3.1 MCAN Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.4.4.3.2 MCAN Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.4.4.4 MCAN Functional Description
          1. 12.4.4.4.1  Module Clocking Requirements
          2. 12.4.4.4.2  Interrupt and DMA Requests
            1. 12.4.4.4.2.1 Interrupt Requests
            2. 12.4.4.4.2.2 DMA Requests
            3. 12.4.4.4.2.3 3066
          3. 12.4.4.4.3  Operating Modes
            1. 12.4.4.4.3.1 Software Initialization
            2. 12.4.4.4.3.2 Normal Operation
            3. 12.4.4.4.3.3 CAN FD Operation
            4. 12.4.4.4.3.4 Transmitter Delay Compensation
              1. 12.4.4.4.3.4.1 Description
              2. 12.4.4.4.3.4.2 Transmitter Delay Compensation Measurement
            5. 12.4.4.4.3.5 Restricted Operation Mode
            6. 12.4.4.4.3.6 Bus Monitoring Mode
            7. 12.4.4.4.3.7 Disabled Automatic Retransmission (DAR) Mode
              1. 12.4.4.4.3.7.1 Frame Transmission in DAR Mode
            8. 12.4.4.4.3.8 Power Down (Sleep Mode)
              1. 12.4.4.4.3.8.1 External Clock Stop Mode
              2. 12.4.4.4.3.8.2 Suspend Mode
              3. 12.4.4.4.3.8.3 Wakeup request
            9. 12.4.4.4.3.9 Test Modes
              1. 12.4.4.4.3.9.1 Internal Loopback Mode
          4. 12.4.4.4.4  Timestamp Generation
            1. 12.4.4.4.4.1 External Timestamp Counter
          5. 12.4.4.4.5  Timeout Counter
          6. 12.4.4.4.6  ECC Support
            1. 12.4.4.4.6.1 ECC Wrapper
            2. 12.4.4.4.6.2 ECC Aggregator
          7. 12.4.4.4.7  Rx Handling
            1. 12.4.4.4.7.1 Acceptance Filtering
              1. 12.4.4.4.7.1.1 Range Filter
              2. 12.4.4.4.7.1.2 Filter for specific IDs
              3. 12.4.4.4.7.1.3 Classic Bit Mask Filter
              4. 12.4.4.4.7.1.4 Standard Message ID Filtering
              5. 12.4.4.4.7.1.5 Extended Message ID Filtering
            2. 12.4.4.4.7.2 Rx FIFOs
              1. 12.4.4.4.7.2.1 Rx FIFO Blocking Mode
              2. 12.4.4.4.7.2.2 Rx FIFO Overwrite Mode
            3. 12.4.4.4.7.3 Dedicated Rx Buffers
              1. 12.4.4.4.7.3.1 Rx Buffer Handling
            4. 12.4.4.4.7.4 Debug on CAN Support
          8. 12.4.4.4.8  Tx Handling
            1. 12.4.4.4.8.1 Transmit Pause
            2. 12.4.4.4.8.2 Dedicated Tx Buffers
            3. 12.4.4.4.8.3 Tx FIFO
            4. 12.4.4.4.8.4 Tx Queue
            5. 12.4.4.4.8.5 Mixed Dedicated Tx Buffers/Tx FIFO
            6. 12.4.4.4.8.6 Mixed Dedicated Tx Buffers/Tx Queue
            7. 12.4.4.4.8.7 Transmit Cancellation
            8. 12.4.4.4.8.8 Tx Event Handling
          9. 12.4.4.4.9  FIFO Acknowledge Handling
          10. 12.4.4.4.10 Message RAM
            1. 12.4.4.4.10.1 Message RAM Configuration
            2. 12.4.4.4.10.2 Rx Buffer and FIFO Element
            3. 12.4.4.4.10.3 Tx Buffer Element
            4. 12.4.4.4.10.4 Tx Event FIFO Element
            5. 12.4.4.4.10.5 Standard Message ID Filter Element
            6. 12.4.4.4.10.6 Extended Message ID Filter Element
        5. 12.4.4.5 MCAN Registers
          1. 12.4.4.5.1 MCAN Subsystem Registers
          2. 12.4.4.5.2 MCAN Core Registers
          3. 12.4.4.5.3 MCAN ECC Aggregator Registers
    5. 12.5 Audio Interfaces
      1. 12.5.1 Audio Tracking Logic (ATL)
        1. 12.5.1.1 ATL Overview
          1. 12.5.1.1.1 ATL Features Overview
          2. 12.5.1.1.2 ATL Not Supported Features
    6. 12.6 Timer Modules
      1. 12.6.1 Global Timebase Counter (GTC)
        1. 12.6.1.1 GTC Overview
          1. 12.6.1.1.1 GTC Features
          2. 12.6.1.1.2 GTC Not Supported Features
        2. 12.6.1.2 GTC Integration
        3. 12.6.1.3 GTC Functional Description
          1. 12.6.1.3.1 GTC Block Diagram
          2. 12.6.1.3.2 GTC Counter
          3. 12.6.1.3.3 GTC Gray Encoder
          4. 12.6.1.3.4 GTC Push Event Generation
          5. 12.6.1.3.5 GTC Register Partitioning
        4. 12.6.1.4 GTC Registers
          1. 12.6.1.4.1 GTC0_GTC_CFG0 Registers
          2. 12.6.1.4.2 GTC0_GTC_CFG1 Registers
          3. 12.6.1.4.3 GTC0_GTC_CFG2 Registers
          4. 12.6.1.4.4 GTC0_GTC_CFG3 Registers
      2. 12.6.2 Windowed Watchdog Timer (WWDT)
        1. 12.6.2.1 RTI Overview
          1. 12.6.2.1.1 RTI Features
          2. 12.6.2.1.2 RTI Not Supported Features
        2. 12.6.2.2 RTI Integration
          1. 12.6.2.2.1 RTI Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.6.2.2.2 RTI Integration in MAIN Domain
        3. 12.6.2.3 RTI Functional Description
          1. 12.6.2.3.1 RTI Counter Operation
          2. 12.6.2.3.2 RTI Digital Watchdog
          3. 12.6.2.3.3 RTI Digital Windowed Watchdog
          4. 12.6.2.3.4 RTI Low Power Mode Operation
          5. 12.6.2.3.5 RTI Debug Mode Behavior
        4. 12.6.2.4 RTI Registers
      3. 12.6.3 Timers
        1. 12.6.3.1 Timers Overview
          1. 12.6.3.1.1 Timers Features
          2. 12.6.3.1.2 Timers Not Supported Features
        2. 12.6.3.2 Timers Environment
          1. 12.6.3.2.1 Timer External System Interface
        3. 12.6.3.3 Timers Integration
          1. 12.6.3.3.1 Timers Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.6.3.3.2 Timers Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.6.3.4 Timers Functional Description
          1. 12.6.3.4.1  Timer Block Diagram
          2. 12.6.3.4.2  Timer Power Management
            1. 12.6.3.4.2.1 Wake-Up Capability
          3. 12.6.3.4.3  Timer Software Reset
          4. 12.6.3.4.4  Timer Interrupts
          5. 12.6.3.4.5  Timer Mode Functionality
            1. 12.6.3.4.5.1 1-ms Tick Generation
          6. 12.6.3.4.6  Timer Capture Mode Functionality
          7. 12.6.3.4.7  Timer Compare Mode Functionality
          8. 12.6.3.4.8  Timer Prescaler Functionality
          9. 12.6.3.4.9  Timer Pulse-Width Modulation
          10. 12.6.3.4.10 Timer Counting Rate
          11. 12.6.3.4.11 Timer Under Emulation
          12. 12.6.3.4.12 Accessing Timer Registers
            1. 12.6.3.4.12.1 Writing to Timer Registers
              1. 12.6.3.4.12.1.1 Write Posting Synchronization Mode
              2. 12.6.3.4.12.1.2 Write Nonposting Synchronization Mode
            2. 12.6.3.4.12.2 Reading From Timer Counter Registers
              1. 12.6.3.4.12.2.1 Read Posted
              2. 12.6.3.4.12.2.2 Read Non-Posted
          13. 12.6.3.4.13 Timer Posted Mode Selection
        5. 12.6.3.5 Timers Low-Level Programming Models
          1. 12.6.3.5.1 Timer Global Initialization
            1. 12.6.3.5.1.1 Global Initialization of Surrounding Modules
            2. 12.6.3.5.1.2 Timer Module Global Initialization
              1. 12.6.3.5.1.2.1 Main Sequence – Timer Module Global Initialization
          2. 12.6.3.5.2 Timer Operational Mode Configuration
            1. 12.6.3.5.2.1 Timer Mode
              1. 12.6.3.5.2.1.1 Main Sequence – Timer Mode Configuration
            2. 12.6.3.5.2.2 Timer Compare Mode
              1. 12.6.3.5.2.2.1 Main Sequence – Timer Compare Mode Configuration
            3. 12.6.3.5.2.3 Timer Capture Mode
              1. 12.6.3.5.2.3.1 Main Sequence – Timer Capture Mode Configuration
              2. 12.6.3.5.2.3.2 Subsequence – Initialize Capture Mode
              3. 12.6.3.5.2.3.3 Subsequence – Detect Event
            4. 12.6.3.5.2.4 Timer PWM Mode
              1. 12.6.3.5.2.4.1 Main Sequence – Timer PWM Mode Configuration
        6. 12.6.3.6 Timers Registers
    7. 12.7 Internal Diagnostics Modules
      1. 12.7.1 Dual Clock Comparator (DCC)
        1. 12.7.1.1 DCC Overview
          1. 12.7.1.1.1 DCC Features
          2. 12.7.1.1.2 DCC Not Supported Features
        2. 12.7.1.2 DCC Integration
          1. 12.7.1.2.1 DCC Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.7.1.2.2 DCC Integration in MAIN Domain
        3. 12.7.1.3 DCC Functional Description
          1. 12.7.1.3.1 DCC Counter Operation
          2. 12.7.1.3.2 DCC Low Power Mode Operation
          3. 12.7.1.3.3 DCC Suspend Mode Behavior
          4. 12.7.1.3.4 DCC Single-Shot Mode
          5. 12.7.1.3.5 DCC Continuous mode
            1. 12.7.1.3.5.1 DCC Continue on Error
            2. 12.7.1.3.5.2 DCC Error Count
          6. 12.7.1.3.6 DCC Control and count hand-off across clock domains
          7. 12.7.1.3.7 DCC Error Trajectory record
            1. 12.7.1.3.7.1 DCC FIFO capturing for Errors
            2. 12.7.1.3.7.2 DCC FIFO in continuous capture mode
            3. 12.7.1.3.7.3 DCC FIFO Details
            4. 12.7.1.3.7.4 DCC FIFO Debug mode behavior
          8. 12.7.1.3.8 DCC Count read registers
        4. 12.7.1.4 DCC Registers
      2. 12.7.2 Error Signaling Module (ESM)
        1. 12.7.2.1 ESM Overview
          1. 12.7.2.1.1 ESM Features
        2. 12.7.2.2 ESM Environment
        3. 12.7.2.3 ESM Integration
          1. 12.7.2.3.1 ESM Integration in WKUP Domain
          2. 12.7.2.3.2 ESM Integration in MCU Domain
          3. 12.7.2.3.3 ESM Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.7.2.4 ESM Functional Description
          1. 12.7.2.4.1 ESM Interrupt Requests
            1. 12.7.2.4.1.1 ESM Configuration Error Interrupt
            2. 12.7.2.4.1.2 ESM Low Priority Error Interrupt
              1. 12.7.2.4.1.2.1 ESM Low Priority Error Level Event
              2. 12.7.2.4.1.2.2 ESM Low Priority Error Pulse Event
            3. 12.7.2.4.1.3 ESM High Priority Error Interrupt
              1. 12.7.2.4.1.3.1 ESM High Priority Error Level Event
              2. 12.7.2.4.1.3.2 ESM High Priority Error Pulse Event
          2. 12.7.2.4.2 ESM Error Event Inputs
          3. 12.7.2.4.3 ESM Error Pin Output
          4. 12.7.2.4.4 ESM Minimum Time Interval
          5. 12.7.2.4.5 ESM Protection for Registers
          6. 12.7.2.4.6 ESM Clock Stop
        5. 12.7.2.5 ESM Registers
      3. 12.7.3 Memory Cyclic Redundancy Check (MCRC) Controller
        1. 12.7.3.1 MCRC Overview
          1. 12.7.3.1.1 MCRC Features
          2. 12.7.3.1.2 MCRC Not Supported Features
        2. 12.7.3.2 MCRC Integration
        3. 12.7.3.3 MCRC Functional Description
          1. 12.7.3.3.1  MCRC Block Diagram
          2. 12.7.3.3.2  MCRC General Operation
          3. 12.7.3.3.3  MCRC Modes of Operation
            1. 12.7.3.3.3.1 AUTO Mode
            2. 12.7.3.3.3.2 Semi-CPU Mode
            3. 12.7.3.3.3.3 Full-CPU Mode
          4. 12.7.3.3.4  PSA Signature Register
          5. 12.7.3.3.5  PSA Sector Signature Register
          6. 12.7.3.3.6  CRC Value Register
          7. 12.7.3.3.7  Raw Data Register
          8. 12.7.3.3.8  Example DMA Controller Setup
            1. 12.7.3.3.8.1 AUTO Mode Using Hardware Timer Trigger
            2. 12.7.3.3.8.2 AUTO Mode Using Software Trigger
            3. 12.7.3.3.8.3 Semi-CPU Mode Using Hardware Timer Trigger
          9. 12.7.3.3.9  Pattern Count Register
          10. 12.7.3.3.10 Sector Count Register/Current Sector Register
          11. 12.7.3.3.11 Interrupts
            1. 12.7.3.3.11.1 Compression Complete Interrupt
            2. 12.7.3.3.11.2 CRC Fail Interrupt
            3. 12.7.3.3.11.3 Overrun Interrupt
            4. 12.7.3.3.11.4 Underrun Interrupt
            5. 12.7.3.3.11.5 Timeout Interrupt
            6. 12.7.3.3.11.6 Interrupt Offset Register
            7. 12.7.3.3.11.7 Error Handling
          12. 12.7.3.3.12 Power Down Mode
          13. 12.7.3.3.13 Emulation
        4. 12.7.3.4 MCRC Programming Examples
          1. 12.7.3.4.1 Example: Auto Mode Using Time Based Event Triggering
            1. 12.7.3.4.1.1 DMA Setup
            2. 12.7.3.4.1.2 Timer Setup
            3. 12.7.3.4.1.3 CRC Setup
          2. 12.7.3.4.2 Example: Auto Mode Without Using Time Based Triggering
            1. 12.7.3.4.2.1 DMA Setup
            2. 12.7.3.4.2.2 CRC Setup
          3. 12.7.3.4.3 Example: Semi-CPU Mode
            1. 12.7.3.4.3.1 DMA Setup
            2. 12.7.3.4.3.2 Timer Setup
            3. 12.7.3.4.3.3 CRC Setup
          4. 12.7.3.4.4 Example: Full-CPU Mode
            1. 12.7.3.4.4.1 CRC Setup
        5. 12.7.3.5 MCRC Registers
      4. 12.7.4 ECC Aggregator
        1. 12.7.4.1 ECC Aggregator Overview
          1. 12.7.4.1.1 ECC Aggregator Features
        2. 12.7.4.2 ECC Aggregator Integration
        3. 12.7.4.3 ECC Aggregator Functional Description
          1. 12.7.4.3.1 ECC Aggregator Block Diagram
          2. 12.7.4.3.2 ECC Aggregator Register Groups
          3. 12.7.4.3.3 Read Access to the ECC Control and Status Registers
          4. 12.7.4.3.4 Serial Write Operation
          5. 12.7.4.3.5 Interrupts
          6. 12.7.4.3.6 Inject Only Mode
        4. 12.7.4.4 ECC Aggregator Registers
  15. 13On-Chip Debug
  16. 14Revision History

12.3.4.6 GPMC Registers

Table 12-4178 lists the memory-mapped registers for the GPMC. All register offset addresses not listed in Table 12-4178 should be considered as reserved locations and the register contents should not be modified.

Note:

All GPMC registers are aligned to 32-bit address boundaries. All register file accesses, except to GPMC_NAND_DATA_i register, are little-endian. If the GPMC_NAND_DATA_i register location is accessed, the endianness is access-dependent.

Table 12-4177 GPMC Instances
InstanceBase Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0000h
Table 12-4178 GPMC Registers
OffsetAcronymRegister NameGPMC0_CFG Physical Address
0hGPMC_REVISIONIP revision0539 0000h
10hGPMC_SYSCONFIGModule software reset and local power management register0539 0010h
14hGPMC_SYSSTATUSModule status information register0539 0014h
18hGPMC_IRQSTATUSInterrupt status register0539 0018h
1ChGPMC_IRQENABLEInterrupt enable register0539 001Ch
40hGPMC_TIMEOUT_CONTROLControl register of timeout counter0539 0040h
44hGPMC_ERR_ADDRESSError address register0539 0044h
48hGPMC_ERR_TYPEError type register0539 0048h
50hGPMC_CONFIGGlobal configuration register0539 0050h
54hGPMC_STATUSGlobal status register0539 0054h
60h + formulaGPMC_CONFIG1_iConfiguration register 10539 0060h + formula
64h + formulaGPMC_CONFIG2_iConfiguration register 20539 0064h + formula
68h + formulaGPMC_CONFIG3_iConfiguration register 30539 0068h + formula
6Ch + formulaGPMC_CONFIG4_iConfiguration register 40539 006Ch + formula
70h + formulaGPMC_CONFIG5_iConfiguration register 50539 0070h + formula
74h + formulaGPMC_CONFIG6_iConfiguration register 60539 0074h + formula
78h + formulaGPMC_CONFIG7_iConfiguration register 70539 0078h + formula
7Ch + formulaGPMC_NAND_COMMAND_iGPMC NAND COMMAND_i location register0539 007Ch + formula
80h + formulaGPMC_NAND_ADDRESS_iGPMC NAND ADDRESS_i location register0539 0080h + formula
84h + formulaGPMC_NAND_DATA_iGPMC NAND DATA_i location register0539 0084h + formula
1E0hGPMC_PREFETCH_CONFIG1Prefetch engine configuration 10539 01E0h
1E4hGPMC_PREFETCH_CONFIG2Prefetch engine configuration 20539 01E4h
1EChGPMC_PREFETCH_CONTROLPrefetch engine control0539 01ECh
1F0hGPMC_PREFETCH_STATUSPrefetch engine status0539 01F0h
1F4hGPMC_ECC_CONFIGECC configuration0539 01F4h
1F8hGPMC_ECC_CONTROLECC control0539 01F8h
1FChGPMC_ECC_SIZE_CONFIGECC size0539 01FCh
200h + formulaGPMC_ECCj_RESULTECC result register0539 0200h + formula
240h + formulaGPMC_BCH_RESULT0_iBCH ECC result (bits 0 to 31)0539 0240h + formula
244h + formulaGPMC_BCH_RESULT1_iBCH ECC result (bits 32 to 63)0539 0244h + formula
248h + formulaGPMC_BCH_RESULT2_iBCH ECC result (bits 64 to 95)0539 0248h + formula
24Ch + formulaGPMC_BCH_RESULT3_iBCH ECC result (bits 96 to 127)0539 024Ch + formula
2D0hGPMC_BCH_SWDATAData to BCH ECC calculator0539 02D0h
300h + formulaGPMC_BCH_RESULT4_iBCH ECC result (bits 128 to 159)0539 0300h + formula
304h + formulaGPMC_BCH_RESULT5_iBCH ECC result (bits 160 to 191)0539 0304h + formula
308h + formulaGPMC_BCH_RESULT6_iBCH ECC result (bits 192 to 207)0539 0308h + formula

3.4.6.1 GPMC_REVISION Register (Offset = 0h) [reset = 60h]

GPMC_REVISION is shown in Figure 12-2125 and described in Table 12-4180.

This register contains the IP revision code.

Table 12-4179 GPMC_REVISION Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0000h
Figure 12-2125 GPMC_REVISION Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
REVISION
R-60h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4180 GPMC_REVISION Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0REVISIONR60hTI internal data. Identifies revision of peripheral.

3.4.6.2 GPMC_SYSCONFIG Register (Offset = 10h) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_SYSCONFIG is shown in Figure 12-2126 and described in Table 12-4182.

Register related to module software reset and local power management.

Table 12-4181 GPMC_SYSCONFIG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0010h
Figure 12-2126 GPMC_SYSCONFIG Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVED
R-0h
76543210
RESERVEDIDLEMODERESERVEDRESERVEDAUTOIDLE
R-0hR/W-0hR-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4182 GPMC_SYSCONFIG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-5RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0.

4-3IDLEMODER/W0h

0h = Force-idle. A clock stop request is acknowledged unconditionally.

1h (R/W) = No-idle. A clock stop request is never acknowledged.

2h (R/W) = Smart-idle. Acknowledgment to a clock stop request is given based on the internal activity of the module.

3h (R/W) = Reserved. Do not use.

2RESERVEDR0h

Write 0 for future compatibility Read returns 0.

1RESERVEDR/W0h

This bit must be kept 0 for normal functioning of the IP.
Do not set this bit to 1.
0h = Normal mode
1h = The module is reset

0AUTOIDLER/W0h

Internal interface clock-gating strategy

0h (R/W) = Interface clock is free-running.

1h (R/W) = Automatic Interface clock gating strategy is applied, based on the interconnect activity.

3.4.6.3 GPMC_SYSSTATUS Register (Offset = 14h) [reset = 0000000-h]

GPMC_SYSSTATUS is shown in Figure 12-2127 and described in Table 12-4184.

This register provides status information about the module, excluding the interrupt status information.

Table 12-4183 GPMC_SYSSTATUS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0014h
Figure 12-2127 GPMC_SYSSTATUS Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVED
R-0h
76543210
RESERVEDRESETDONE
R-0hR-
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4184 GPMC_SYSSTATUS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-8RESERVEDR0h

Read returns 0.

7-1RESERVEDR0h

Read returns 0 (reserved for interconnect-socket status information).

0RESETDONER-h

Internal reset monitoring

0h (R) = Internal module reset is ongoing.

1h (R) = Reset is complete.

3.4.6.4 GPMC_IRQSTATUS Register (Offset = 18h) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_IRQSTATUS is shown in Figure 12-2128 and described in Table 12-4186.

This interrupt status register regroups all the status of the module internal events that can generate an interrupt.

Table 12-4185 GPMC_IRQSTATUS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0018h
Figure 12-2128 GPMC_IRQSTATUS Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDWAIT1EDGEDETECTIONSTATUSWAIT0EDGEDETECTIONSTATUS
R-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
76543210
RESERVEDTERMINALCOUNTSTATUSFIFOEVENTSTATUS
R-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4186 GPMC_IRQSTATUS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-10RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

9WAIT1EDGEDETECTIONSTATUSR/W0h

Status of the Wait1 Edge Detection interrupt

Write:

0h = WAIT1EDGEDETECTIONSTATUS bit is unchanged.

1h = WAIT1EDGEDETECTIONSTATUS bit is reset.

Read:

0h = A transition on WAIT1 input pin has not been detected.

1h = A transition on WAIT1 input pin has been detected.

8WAIT0EDGEDETECTIONSTATUSR/W0h

Status of the Wait0 Edge Detection interrupt

Write:

0h = WAIT0EDGEDETECTIONSTATUS bit is unchanged.

1h = WAIT0EDGEDETECTIONSTATUS bit is reset.

Read:

0h = A transition on WAIT0 input pin has not been detected.

1h = A transition on WAIT0 input pin has been detected.

7-2RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

1TERMINALCOUNTSTATUSR/W0h

Status of the TerminalCountEvent interrupt

Write:

0h = TERMINALCOUNTSTATUS bit is unchanged.

1h = TERMINALCOUNTSTATUS bit is reset.

Read:

0h = Indicates that CountValue is greater than 0.

1h = Indicates that CountValue is equal to 0.

0FIFOEVENTSTATUSR/W0h

Status of the FIFOEvent interrupt

Write:

0h = FIFOEVENTSTATUS bit is unchanged.

1h = FIFOEVENTSTATUS bit is reset.

Read:

0h = Indicates that less than GPMC_PREFETCH_STATUS[16] FIFOTHRESHOLDSTATUS bytes are available in prefetch mode and less than FIFOTHRESHOLD bytes free places are available in write-posting mode.

1h = Indicates that at least GPMC_PREFETCH_STATUS[16] FIFOTHRESHOLDSTATUS bytes are available in prefetch mode and at least FIFOTHRESHOLD bytes free places are available in write-posting mode.

3.4.6.5 GPMC_IRQENABLE Register (Offset = 1Ch) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_IRQENABLE is shown in Figure 12-2129 and described in Table 12-4188.

The interrupt enable register allows to mask/unmask the module internal sources of interrupt, on a event-by-event basis.

Table 12-4187 GPMC_IRQENABLE Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 001Ch
Figure 12-2129 GPMC_IRQENABLE Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDWAIT1EDGEDETECTIONENABLEWAIT0EDGEDETECTIONENABLE
R-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
76543210
RESERVEDTERMINALCOUNTEVENTENABLEFIFOEVENTENABLE
R-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4188 GPMC_IRQENABLE Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-10RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

9WAIT1EDGEDETECTIONENABLER/W0h

Enables the Wait1 Edge Detection interrupt

0h (R/W) = Wait1EdgeDetection interrupt is masked.

1h (R/W) = Wait1EdgeDetection event generates an interrupt if occurs.

8WAIT0EDGEDETECTIONENABLER/W0h

Enables the Wait0 Edge Detection interrupt

0h (R/W) = Wait0EdgeDetection interrupt is masked.

1h (R/W) = Wait0EdgeDetection event generates an interrupt if occurs.

7-2RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

1TERMINALCOUNTEVENTENABLER/W0h

Enables TerminalCountEvent interrupt issuing in prefetch or write-posting mode

0h (R/W) = TerminalCountEvent interrupt is masked.

1h (R/W) = TerminalCountEvent interrupt is not masked.

0FIFOEVENTENABLER/W0h

Enables the FIFOEvent interrupt

0h (R/W) = FIFOEvent interrupt is masked.

1h (R/W) = FIFOEvent interrupt is not masked.

3.4.6.6 GPMC_TIMEOUT_CONTROL Register (Offset = 40h) [reset = 1FF0h]

GPMC_TIMEOUT_CONTROL is shown in Figure 12-2130 and described in Table 12-4190.

The GPMC_TIMEOUT_CONTROL register allows the user to set the start value of the timeout counter.

Table 12-4189 GPMC_TIMEOUT_CONTROL Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0040h
Figure 12-2130 GPMC_TIMEOUT_CONTROL Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDTIMEOUTSTARTVALUE
R-0hR/W-1FFh
76543210
TIMEOUTSTARTVALUERESERVEDTIMEOUTENABLE
R/W-1FFhR-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4190 GPMC_TIMEOUT_CONTROL Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-13RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

12-4TIMEOUTSTARTVALUER/W1FFh

Start value of the time-out counter
000h = Zero GPMC_FCLK cycle
001h = One GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
1FFh = 511 GPMC_FCLK cycles

3-1RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

0TIMEOUTENABLER/W0h

Enable bit of the TimeOut feature

0h (R/W) = TimeOut feature is disabled.

1h (R/W) = TimeOut feature is enabled.

3.4.6.7 GPMC_ERR_ADDRESS Register (Offset = 44h) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_ERR_ADDRESS is shown in Figure 12-2131 and described in Table 12-4192.

The GPMC_ERR_ADDRESS register stores the address of the illegal access when an error occurs.

Table 12-4191 GPMC_ERR_ADDRESS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0044h
Figure 12-2131 GPMC_ERR_ADDRESS Register
3130292827262524
RESERVEDILLEGALADD
R-0hR-0h
2322212019181716
ILLEGALADD
R-0h
15141312111098
ILLEGALADD
R-0h
76543210
ILLEGALADD
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4192 GPMC_ERR_ADDRESS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0.

30-0ILLEGALADDR0h

Address of illegal access
A30: 0 for memory region, 1 for GPMC register region
A29-A0: 1GB maximum

3.4.6.8 GPMC_ERR_TYPE Register (Offset = 48h) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_ERR_TYPE is shown in Figure 12-2132 and described in Table 12-4194.

The GPMC_ERR_TYPE register stores the type of error when an error occurs.

Table 12-4193 GPMC_ERR_TYPE Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0048h
Figure 12-2132 GPMC_ERR_TYPE Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDILLEGALMCMD
R-0hR-0h
76543210
RESERVEDERRORNOTSUPPADDERRORNOTSUPPMCMDERRORTIMEOUTRESERVEDERRORVALID
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR/W1C-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4194 GPMC_ERR_TYPE Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-11RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

10-8ILLEGALMCMDR0h

System command of the transaction that caused the error

7-5RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

4ERRORNOTSUPPADDR0h

Not supported address error

0h (R) = No error occurs.

1h (R) = The error is due to a nonsupported address.

3ERRORNOTSUPPMCMDR0h

Not supported command error

0h (R) = No error occurs.

1h (R) = The error is due to a nonsupported command

2ERRORTIMEOUTR0h

Time-out error

0h (R) = No error occurs.

1h (R) = The error is due to a timeout.

1RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0.

0ERRORVALIDR/W1C0h

Error validity status - Must be explicitly cleared with a write 1 transaction

0h (R/W) = All error fields no longer valid

1h (R/W) = Error detected and logged in the other error fields

3.4.6.9 GPMC_CONFIG Register (Offset = 50h) [reset = 200h]

GPMC_CONFIG is shown in Figure 12-2133 and described in Table 12-4196.

The configuration register allows global configuration of the GPMC.

Table 12-4195 GPMC_CONFIG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0050h
Figure 12-2133 GPMC_CONFIG Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDWAIT1PINPOLARITYWAIT0PINPOLARITY
R-0hR/W-1hR/W-0h
76543210
RESERVEDWRITEPROTECTRESERVEDNANDFORCEPOSTEDWRITE
R-0hR/W-0hR-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4196 GPMC_CONFIG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-10RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

9WAIT1PINPOLARITYR/W1h

Selects the polarity of input pin WAIT1

0h (R/W) = WAIT1 active low

1h (R/W) = WAIT1 active high

8WAIT0PINPOLARITYR/W0h

Selects the polarity of input pin WAIT0

0h (R/W) = WAIT0 active low

1h (R/W) = WAIT0 active high

7-5RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

4WRITEPROTECTR/W0h

Controls the WP output pin level

0h (R/W) = nWP output pin is low

1h (R/W) = nWP output pin is high

3-1RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

0NANDFORCEPOSTEDWRITER/W0h

Enables the Force Posted Write feature to NAND Cmd/Add/Data location

0h (R/W) = Disables Force Posted Write

1h (R/W) = Enables Force Posted Write

3.4.6.10 GPMC_STATUS Register (Offset = 54h) [reset = 00000-01h]

GPMC_STATUS is shown in Figure 12-2134 and described in Table 12-4198.

The status register provides global status bits of the GPMC.

Table 12-4197 GPMC_STATUS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0054h
Figure 12-2134 GPMC_STATUS Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDWAIT1STATUSWAIT0STATUS
R-0hR-R-
76543210
RESERVEDEMPTYWRITEBUFFERSTATUS
R-0hR-1h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4198 GPMC_STATUS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-10RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

9WAIT1STATUSR-h

Is a copy of input pin WAIT1. (Reset value is WAIT1 input pin sampled at device reset.)

0h (R) = WAIT1 asserted (inactive state)

1h (R) = WAIT1 deasserted

8WAIT0STATUSR-h

Is a copy of input pin WAIT0. (Reset value is WAIT0 input pin sampled at device reset.)

0h (R) = WAIT0 asserted (inactive state)

1h (R) = WAIT0 deasserted

7-1RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Reads returns 0

0EMPTYWRITEBUFFERSTATUSR1h

Stores the empty status of the write buffer

0h (R) = Write buffer is not empty.

1h (R) = Write buffer is empty.

3.4.6.11 GPMC_CONFIG1_i Register (Offset = 60h + formula) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_CONFIG1_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2135 and described in Table 12-4200.

The configuration register 1 sets signal control parameters per chip-select.

Offset = 60h + (i * 30h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4199 GPMC_CONFIG1_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0060h + formula
Figure 12-2135 GPMC_CONFIG1_i Register
3130292827262524
WRAPBURSTREADMULTIPLEREADTYPEWRITEMULTIPLEWRITETYPECLKACTIVATIONTIMEATTACHEDDEVICEPAGELENGTH
R/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
2322212019181716
ATTACHEDDEVICEPAGELENGTHWAITREADMONITORINGWAITWRITEMONITORINGRESERVEDWAITMONITORINGTIMEWAITPINSELECT
R/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDDEVICESIZEDEVICETYPEMUXADDDATA
R-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
76543210
RESERVEDTIMEPARAGRANULARITYRESERVEDGPMCFCLKDIVIDER
R-0hR/W-0hR-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4200 GPMC_CONFIG1_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31WRAPBURSTR/W0h

Enables the wrapping burst capability. Must be set if the attached device is configured in wrapping burst

0h (R/W) = Synchronous wrapping burst not supported

1h (R/W) = Synchronous wrapping burst supported

30READMULTIPLER/W0h

Selects the read single or multiple access

0h (R/W) = Single access

1h (R/W) = Multiple access (burst if synchronous, page if asynchronous)

29READTYPER/W0h

Selects the read mode operation

0h (R/W) = Read asynchronous

1h (R/W) = Read synchronous

28WRITEMULTIPLER/W0h

Selects the write single or multiple access

0h (R/W) = Single access

1h (R/W) = Multiple access (burst if synchronous, considered as single if asynchronous)

27WRITETYPER/W0h

Selects the write mode operation

0h (R/W) = Write asynchronous

1h (R/W) = Write synchronous

26-25CLKACTIVATIONTIMER/W0h

Output GPMC CLK activation time

0h (R/W) = First rising edge of GPMC CLK at start access time

1h (R/W) = First rising edge of GPMC CLK one GPMC_FCLK cycle after start access time

2h (R/W) = First rising edge of GPMC CLK two GPMC_FCLK cycles after start access time

3h (R/W) = Reserved

24-23ATTACHEDDEVICEPAGELENGTHR/W0h

Specifies the attached device page (burst) length

0h (R/W) = 4 words

1h (R/W) = 8 words

2h (R/W) = 16 words

3h (R/W) = Reserved (1 word = interface size)

22WAITREADMONITORINGR/W0h

Selects the Wait monitoring configuration for Read accesses

0h (R/W) = WAIT pin is not monitored for read accesses.

1h (R/W) = WAIT pin is monitored for read accesses.

21WAITWRITEMONITORINGR/W0h

Selects the Wait monitoring configuration for Write accesses

0h (R/W) = WAIT pin is not monitored for write accesses.

1h (R/W) = WAIT pin is monitored for write accesses.

20RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0.

19-18WAITMONITORINGTIMER/W0h

Selects input pin Wait monitoring time

0h (R/W) = WAIT pin is monitored with valid data.

1h (R/W) = WAIT pin is monitored one GPMC CLK cycle before valid data.

2h (R/W) = WAIT pin is monitored two GPMC CLK cycle before valid data.

3h (R/W) = Reserved

17-16WAITPINSELECTR/W0h

Selects the input WAIT pin for this chip-select

0h (R/W) = Wait input pin is WAIT0.

1h (R/W) = Wait input pin is WAIT1.

2h (R/W) = Reserved

3h (R/W) = Reserved

15-14RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility.
Reads returns 0

13-12DEVICESIZER/W0h

Selects the device size attached
NOTE: Reset value is 0h for CS0 and 1h for CS1 to CS3

0h (R/W) = 8 bit

1h (R/W) = 16 bit

2h (R/W) = Reserved

3h (R/W) = Reserved

11-10DEVICETYPER/W0h

Selects the attached device type

0h (R/W) = NOR flash-like, asynchronous and synchronous devices

1h (R/W) = Reserved

2h (R/W) = NAND flash-like devices, stream mode

3h (R/W) = Reserved

9-8MUXADDDATAR/W0h

Enables the address and data multiplexed protocol

0h (R/W) = Nonmultiplexed attached device

1h (R/W) = AAD-multiplexed protocol device

2h (R/W) = Address and data multiplexed attached device

3h (R/W) = Reserved

7-5RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

4TIMEPARAGRANULARITYR/W0h

Signals timing latencies scalar factor (RD/WRCYCLETIME, RD/WRACCESSTIME, PAGEBURSTACCESSTIME, CSONTIME, CSRD/WROFFTIME, ADVONTIME, ADVRD/WROFFTIME, OEONTIME, OEOFFTIME, WEONTIME, WEOFFTIME, CYCLE2CYCLEDELAY, BUSTURNAROUND, TIMEOUTSTARTVALUE, WRDATAONADMUXBUS)

0h (R/W) = x1 latencies

1h (R/W) = x2 latencies

3-2RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

1-0GPMCFCLKDIVIDERR/W0h

Divides the GPMC_FCLK clock

0h (R/W) = GPMC CLK frequency = GPMC_FCLK frequency

1h (R/W) = GPMC CLK frequency = GPMC_FCLK frequency / 2

2h (R/W) = GPMC CLK frequency = GPMC_FCLK frequency / 3

3h (R/W) = GPMC CLK frequency = GPMC_FCLK frequency /4

3.4.6.12 GPMC_CONFIG2_i Register (Offset = 64h + formula) [reset = 00101001h]

GPMC_CONFIG2_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2136 and described in Table 12-4202.

CS signal timing parameter configuration

Offset = 64h + (i * 30h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4201 GPMC_CONFIG2_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0064h + formula
Figure 12-2136 GPMC_CONFIG2_i Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVEDCSWROFFTIME
R-0hR/W-10h
15141312111098
RESERVEDCSRDOFFTIME
R-0hR/W-10h
76543210
CSEXTRADELAYRESERVEDCSONTIME
R/W-0hR-0hR/W-1h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4202 GPMC_CONFIG2_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-21RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility.
Read returns 0s.

20-16CSWROFFTIMER/W10h

CS i deassertion time from start cycle time for write accesses
00h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
01h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
1Fh = 31 GPMC_FCLK cycles

15-13RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

12-8CSRDOFFTIMER/W10h

CS i de-assertion time from start cycle time for read accesses
00h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
01h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
1Fh = 31 GPMC_FCLK cycles

7CSEXTRADELAYR/W0h

CS i Add extra half-GPMC_FCLK cycle

0h (R/W) = CS i Timing control signal is not delayed

1h (R/W) = CS i Timing control signal is delayed of half GPMC_FCLK clock cycle

6-4RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

3-0CSONTIMER/W1h

CS i assertion time from start cycle time
0h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
1h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
Fh = 15 GPMC_FCLK cycles

3.4.6.13 GPMC_CONFIG3_i Register (Offset = 68h + formula) [reset = 22060514h]

GPMC_CONFIG3_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2137 and described in Table 12-4204.

nADV signal timing parameter configuration

Offset = 68h + (i * 30h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4203 GPMC_CONFIG3_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0068h + formula
Figure 12-2137 GPMC_CONFIG3_i Register
3130292827262524
RESERVEDADVAADMUXWROFFTIMERESERVEDADVAADMUXRDOFFTIME
R-0hR/W-2hR-0hR/W-2h
2322212019181716
RESERVEDADVWROFFTIME
R-0hR/W-6h
15141312111098
RESERVEDADVRDOFFTIME
R-0hR/W-5h
76543210
ADVEXTRADELAYADVAADMUXONTIMEADVONTIME
R/W-0hR/W-1hR/W-4h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4204 GPMC_CONFIG3_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

30-28ADVAADMUXWROFFTIMER/W2h

nADV deassertion for first address phase when using the AAD-multiplexed protocol
0h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
1h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
7h = 7 GPMC_FCLK cycles

27RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

26-24ADVAADMUXRDOFFTIMER/W2h

nADV assertion for first address phase when using the AAD-multiplexed protocol
0h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
1h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
7h = 7 GPMC_FCLK cycles

23-21RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

20-16ADVWROFFTIMER/W6h

nADV deassertion time from start cycle time for write accesses
00h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
01h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
1Fh = 31 GPMC_FCLK cycles

15-13RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

12-8ADVRDOFFTIMER/W5h

nADV deassertion time from start cycle time for read accesses
00h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
01h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
1Fh = 31 GPMC_FCLK cycles

7ADVEXTRADELAYR/W0h

nADV add extra half-GPMC_FCLK cycle

0h (R/W) = nADV timing control signal is not delayed

1h (R/W) = nADV timing control signal is delayed of half GPMC_FCLK clock cycle

6-4ADVAADMUXONTIMER/W1h

nADV assertion for first address phase when using the AAD-multiplexed protocol
0h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
1h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
7h = 7 GPMC_FCLK cycles

3-0ADVONTIMER/W4h

nADV assertion time from start cycle time
0h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
1h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
Fh = 15 GPMC_FCLK cycles

3.4.6.14 GPMC_CONFIG4_i Register (Offset = 6Ch + formula) [reset = 10057016h]

GPMC_CONFIG4_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2138 and described in Table 12-4206.

nWE and nOE signals timing parameter configuration

Offset = 6Ch + (i * 30h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4205 GPMC_CONFIG4_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 006Ch + formula
Figure 12-2138 GPMC_CONFIG4_i Register
3130292827262524
RESERVEDWEOFFTIME
R-0hR/W-10h
2322212019181716
WEEXTRADELAYRESERVEDWEONTIME
R/W-0hR-0hR/W-5h
15141312111098
OEAADMUX_OFFTIMEOEOFFTIME
R/W-3hR/W-10h
76543210
OEEXTRADELAYOEAADMUX_ONTIMEOEONTIME
R/W-0hR/W-1hR/W-6h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4206 GPMC_CONFIG4_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-29RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

28-24WEOFFTIMER/W10h

nWE deassertion time from start cycle time
00h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
01h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
1Fh = 31 GPMC_FCLK cycles

23WEEXTRADELAYR/W0h

nWE add extra half-GPMC_FCLK cycle

0h (R/W) = nWE timing control signal is not delayed

1h (R/W) = nWE timing control signal is delayed of half-GPMC_FCLK clock cycle

22-20RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

19-16WEONTIMER/W5h

nWE assertion time from start cycle time
0h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
1h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
Fh = 15 GPMC_FCLK cycles

15-13OEAADMUX_OFFTIMER/W3h

nOE deassertion time for the first address phase in an AAD-multiplexed access
0h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
1h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
7h = 7 GPMC_FCLK cycles

12-8OEOFFTIMER/W10h

nOE deassertion time from start cycle time
00h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
01h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
1Fh = 31 GPMC_FCLK cycles

7OEEXTRADELAYR/W0h

nOE add extra half-GPMC_FCLK cycle

0h (R/W) = nOE timing control signal is not delayed

1h (R/W) = nOE timing control signal is delayed of half-GPMC_FCLK clock cycle

6-4OEAADMUX_ONTIMER/W1h

nOE assertion time for the first address phase in an AAD-mux access
0h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
1h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
7h = 7 GPMC_FCLK cycles

3-0OEONTIMER/W6h

nOE assertion time from start cycle time
0h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
1h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
Fh = 15 GPMC_FCLK cycles

3.4.6.15 GPMC_CONFIG5_i Register (Offset = 70h + formula) [reset = 010F1111h]

GPMC_CONFIG5_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2139 and described in Table 12-4208.

RdAccessTime and CycleTime timing parameters configuration

Offset = 70h + (i * 30h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4207 GPMC_CONFIG5_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0070h + formula
Figure 12-2139 GPMC_CONFIG5_i Register
3130292827262524
RESERVEDPAGEBURSTACCESSTIME
R-0hR/W-1h
2322212019181716
RESERVEDRDACCESSTIME
R-0hR/W-Fh
15141312111098
RESERVEDWRCYCLETIME
R-0hR/W-11h
76543210
RESERVEDRDCYCLETIME
R-0hR/W-11h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4208 GPMC_CONFIG5_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-28RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

27-24PAGEBURSTACCESSTIMER/W1h

Delay between successive words in a multiple access
0h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
1h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
Fh = 15 GPMC_FCLK cycles

23-21RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

20-16RDACCESSTIMER/WFh

Delay between start cycle time and first data valid
00h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
01h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
1Fh = 31 GPMC_FCLK cycles

15-13RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility.
Reads returns 0

12-8WRCYCLETIMER/W11h

Total write cycle time
00h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
01h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
1Fh = 31 GPMC_FCLK cycles

7-5RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

4-0RDCYCLETIMER/W11h

Total read cycle time
00h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
01h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
1Fh = 31 GPMC_FCLK cycles

3.4.6.16 GPMC_CONFIG6_i Register (Offset = 74h + formula) [reset = 8F070000h]

GPMC_CONFIG6_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2140 and described in Table 12-4210.

WrAccessTime, WrDataOnADmuxBus, Cycle2Cycle and BusTurnAround parameters configuration

Offset = 74h + (i * 30h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4209 GPMC_CONFIG6_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0074h + formula
Figure 12-2140 GPMC_CONFIG6_i Register
3130292827262524
RESERVEDRESERVEDWRACCESSTIME
R/W-1hR-0hR/W-Fh
2322212019181716
RESERVEDWRDATAONADMUXBUS
R-0hR/W-7h
15141312111098
RESERVEDCYCLE2CYCLEDELAY
R-0hR/W-0h
76543210
CYCLE2CYCLESAMECSENCYCLE2CYCLEDIFFCSENRESERVEDBUSTURNAROUND
R/W-0hR/W-0hR-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4210 GPMC_CONFIG6_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31RESERVEDR/W1h

TI Internal use - Do not modify.

30-29RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

28-24WRACCESSTIMER/WFh

Delay from start access time to the GPMC_FCLK rising edge corresponding the GPMC CLK rising edge used by the attached memory for the first data capture
00h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
01h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
1Fh = 31 GPMC_FCLK cycles

23-20RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

19-16WRDATAONADMUXBUSR/W7h

Specifies on which GPMC_FCLK rising edge the first data of the write is driven in the add/data mux bus

15-12RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

11-8CYCLE2CYCLEDELAYR/W0h

Chip-select high pulse delay between successive accesses
0h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
1h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
Fh = 15 GPMC_FCLK cycles

7CYCLE2CYCLESAMECSENR/W0h

Add CYCLE2CYCLEDELAY between successive accesses to the same chip-select (any access type)

0h (R/W) = No delay between the two accesses

1h (R/W) = Add CYCLE2CYCLEDELAY

6CYCLE2CYCLEDIFFCSENR/W0h

Add CYCLE2CYCLEDELAY between successive accesses to a different chip-select (any access type)

0h (R/W) = No delay between the two accesses

1h (R/W) = Add CYCLE2CYCLEDELAY

5-4RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility.
Reads return 0.

3-0BUSTURNAROUNDR/W0h

Bus turnaround latency between successive accesses to the same chip-select (read to write) or to a different chip-select (read to read and read to write)
0h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
1h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
Fh = 15 GPMC_FCLK cycles

3.4.6.17 GPMC_CONFIG7_i Register (Offset = 78h + formula) [reset = F40h]

GPMC_CONFIG7_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2141 and described in Table 12-4212.

CS address mapping configuration

Offset = 78h + (i * 30h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4211 GPMC_CONFIG7_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0078h + formula
Figure 12-2141 GPMC_CONFIG7_i Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDMASKADDRESS
R-0hR/W-Fh
76543210
RESERVEDCSVALIDBASEADDRESS
R-0hR/W-1hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4212 GPMC_CONFIG7_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-12RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

11-8MASKADDRESSR/WFh

CS mask address.
0000h = Chip-select size of 256MB
1000h = Chip-select size of 128MB
1100h = Chip-select size of 64MB
1110h = Chip-select size of 32MB
1111h = Chip-select size of 16MB
Other values must be avoided as they create holes in the chip-select address space.

7RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0.

6CSVALIDR/W1h

CS enable
NOTE: Reset value is 1h for CS0 and 0h for CS1 to CS3

0h (R/W) = CS disabled

1h (R/W) = CS enabled

5-0BASEADDRESSR/W0h

CSi base address where i = 0 to 3 (16-MB minimum granularity) bits [5-0] corresponds to A29, A28, A27, A26, A25, and A24. See Figure 12-2080.

3.4.6.18 GPMC_NAND_COMMAND_i Register (Offset = 7Ch + formula) [reset = -h]

GPMC_NAND_COMMAND_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2142 and described in Table 12-4214.

This register is not a true register, only an address location.

Offset = 7Ch + (i * 30h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4213 GPMC_NAND_COMMAND_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 007Ch + formula
Figure 12-2142 GPMC_NAND_COMMAND_i Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
GPMC_NAND_COMMAND
W-
LEGEND: W = Write Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4214 GPMC_NAND_COMMAND_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0GPMC_NAND_COMMANDW-h

This register is not a true register, only an address location. Writing data at the GPMC_NAND_COMMAND_i location places the data as the NAND command value on the bus, using a regular asynchronous write access.

3.4.6.19 GPMC_NAND_ADDRESS_i Register (Offset = 80h + formula) [reset = -h]

GPMC_NAND_ADDRESS_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2143 and described in Table 12-4216.

This register is not a true register, only an address location.

Offset = 80h + (i * 30h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4215 GPMC_NAND_ADDRESS_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0080h + formula
Figure 12-2143 GPMC_NAND_ADDRESS_i Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
GPMC_NAND_ADDRESS
W-
LEGEND: W = Write Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4216 GPMC_NAND_ADDRESS_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0GPMC_NAND_ADDRESSW-h

This register is not a true register, only an address location. Writing data at the GPMC_NAND_ADDRESS_i location places the data as the NAND partial address value on the bus, using a regular asynchronous write access.

3.4.6.20 GPMC_NAND_DATA_i Register (Offset = 84h + formula) [reset = -h]

GPMC_NAND_DATA_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2144 and described in Table 12-4218.

This register is not a true register, only an address location.

Offset = 84h + (i * 30h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4217 GPMC_NAND_DATA_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0084h + formula
Figure 12-2144 GPMC_NAND_DATA_i Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
GPMC_NAND_DATA
R/W-
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4218 GPMC_NAND_DATA_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0GPMC_NAND_DATAR/W-h

This register is not a true register, only an address location. Reading data from the GPMC_NAND_DATA_i location or from any location in the associated chip-select memory region activates an asynchronous read access.

3.4.6.21 GPMC_PREFETCH_CONFIG1 Register (Offset = 1E0h) [reset = 4000h]

GPMC_PREFETCH_CONFIG1 is shown in Figure 12-2145 and described in Table 12-4220.

Prefetch engine configuration 1

Note:

Some of the GPMC features described in this section may not be supported on this family of devices. For more information, see GPMC Not Supported Features.

Table 12-4219 GPMC_PREFETCH_CONFIG1 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 01E0h
Figure 12-2145 GPMC_PREFETCH_CONFIG1 Register
3130292827262524
RESERVEDCYCLEOPTIMIZATIONENABLEOPTIMIZEDACCESSENGINECSSELECTOR
R-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
2322212019181716
PFPWENROUNDROBINRESERVEDPFPWWEIGHTEDPRIO
R/W-0hR-0hR/W-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDFIFOTHRESHOLD
R-0hR/W-40h
76543210
ENABLEENGINERESERVEDWAITPINSELECTORSYNCHROMODEDMAMODEENDIANISMTYPEACCESSMODE
R/W-0hR-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4220 GPMC_PREFETCH_CONFIG1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0.

30-28CYCLEOPTIMIZATIONR/W0h

Define the number of GPMC_FCLK cycles to be subtracted from RDCYCLETIME, WRCYCLETIME, RDACCESSTIME, CSRDOFFTIME, CSWROFFTIME, ADVRDOFFTIME, ADVWROFFTIME, OEOFFTIME, WEOFFTIME
0h = 0 GPMC_FCLK cycle
1h = 1 GPMC_FCLK cycle
...
7h = 7 GPMC_FCLK cycles

27ENABLEOPTIMIZEDACCESSR/W0h

Enables access cycle optimization

0h (R/W) = Access cycle optimization is disabled.

1h (R/W) = Access cycle optimization is enabled.

26-24ENGINECSSELECTORR/W0h

Selects the chip-select where Prefetch Postwrite engine is active
0h = CS0
1h = CS1
2h = CS2
3h = CS3
4h-7h = Reserved

23PFPWENROUNDROBINR/W0h

Enables the PFPW RoundRobin arbitration

0h (R/W) = Prefetch Postwrite engine round robin arbitration is disabled.

1h (R/W) = Prefetch Postwrite engine round robin arbitration is enabled.

22-20RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

19-16PFPWWEIGHTEDPRIOR/W0h

When an arbitration occurs between a DMA and a PFPW engine access, the DMA is always serviced. If the PFPWEnRoundRobin is enabled,
0h = The next access is granted to the PFPW engine.
1h = The next two accesses are granted to the PFPW engine.
...
Fh = The next 16 accesses are granted to the PFPW engine.

15RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0.

14-8FIFOTHRESHOLDR/W40h

Selects the maximum number of bytes read from the FIFO or written to the FIFO by the host on a DMA or interrupt request
00h = 0 byte
01h = 1 byte
...
40h = 64 bytes

7ENABLEENGINER/W0h

Enables the Prefetch Postwite engine

0h (R/W) = Prefetch Postwrite engine is disabled.

1h (R/W) = Prefetch Postwrite engine is enabled.

6RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0.

5-4WAITPINSELECTORR/W0h

Select which wait pin edge detector should start the engine in synchronized mode

0h (R/W) = Selects Wait0 EdgeDetection

1h (R/W) = Selects Wait1 EdgeDetection

2h (R/W) = Reserved

3h (R/W) = Reserved

3SYNCHROMODER/W0h

Selects when the engine starts the access to chip-select

0h (R/W) = Engine starts the access to chip-select as soon as STARTENGINE is set

1h (R/W) = Engine starts the access to chip-select as soon as STARTENGINE is set AND wait to nonwait edge detection on the selected WAIT pin

2DMAMODER/W0h

Selects interrupt synchronization or DMA request synchronization

0h (R/W) = Interrupt synchronization is enabled. Only interrupt line is activated on FIFO threshold crossing.

1h (R/W) = DMA request synchronization is enabled. A DMA request protocol is used.

1ENDIANISMTYPER/W0hSelects endianism for prefetch data
0h = Little endian
1h = Bit endian
0ACCESSMODER/W0h

Selects prefetch read or write-posting accesses

0h (R/W) = Prefetch read mode

1h (R/W) = Write-posting mode

3.4.6.22 GPMC_PREFETCH_CONFIG2 Register (Offset = 1E4h) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_PREFETCH_CONFIG2 is shown in Figure 12-2146 and described in Table 12-4222.

Prefetch engine configuration 2

Table 12-4221 GPMC_PREFETCH_CONFIG2 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 01E4h
Figure 12-2146 GPMC_PREFETCH_CONFIG2 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDTRANSFERCOUNT
R-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4222 GPMC_PREFETCH_CONFIG2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-14RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

13-0TRANSFERCOUNTR/W0h

Selects the number of bytes to be read or written by the engine to the selected chip-select
0000h = 0 byte
0001h = 1 byte
...
2000h = 8K bytes

3.4.6.23 GPMC_PREFETCH_CONTROL Register (Offset = 1ECh) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_PREFETCH_CONTROL is shown in Figure 12-2147 and described in Table 12-4224.

Prefetch engine control

Table 12-4223 GPMC_PREFETCH_CONTROL Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 01ECh
Figure 12-2147 GPMC_PREFETCH_CONTROL Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVED
R-0h
76543210
RESERVEDSTARTENGINE
R-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4224 GPMC_PREFETCH_CONTROL Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-1RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

0STARTENGINER/W0h

Resets the FIFO pointer and starts the engine

Write:

0h = Stops the engine.

1h = Resets the FIFO pointer to 0h in prefetch mode and 40h in postwrite mode and starts the engine.

Read:

0h = Engine is stopped.

1h = Engine is running.

3.4.6.24 GPMC_PREFETCH_STATUS Register (Offset = 1F0h) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_PREFETCH_STATUS is shown in Figure 12-2148 and described in Table 12-4226.

Prefetch engine status

Table 12-4225 GPMC_PREFETCH_STATUS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 01F0h
Figure 12-2148 GPMC_PREFETCH_STATUS Register
3130292827262524
RESERVEDFIFOPOINTER
R-0hR-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVEDFIFOTHRESHOLDSTATUS
R-0hR-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDCOUNTVALUE
R-0hR-0h
76543210
COUNTVALUE
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4226 GPMC_PREFETCH_STATUS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0.

30-24FIFOPOINTERR0h

Number of available bytes to be read or number of free empty byte places to be written
00h = 0 byte available to be read or 0 free empty place to be written
...
40h = 64 bytes available to be read or 64 empty places to be written

23-17RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

16FIFOTHRESHOLDSTATUSR0h

Set when FIFOPointer exceeds FIFOThreshold value

0h (R) = FIFOPointer smaller or equal to FIFOThreshold. Writing to this bit has no effect.

1h (R) = FIFOPointer greater than FIFOThreshold. Writing to this bit has no effect.

15-14RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

13-0COUNTVALUER0h

Number of remaining bytes to be read or to be written by the engine according to the TransferCount value
0000h = 0 byte remaining to be read or to be written
0001h = 1 byte remaining to be read or to be written
...
2000h = 8KB remaining to be read or to be written

3.4.6.25 GPMC_ECC_CONFIG Register (Offset = 1F4h) [reset = 1030h]

GPMC_ECC_CONFIG is shown in Figure 12-2149 and described in Table 12-4228.

ECC configuration

Table 12-4227 GPMC_ECC_CONFIG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 01F4h
Figure 12-2149 GPMC_ECC_CONFIG Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVEDECCALGORITHM
R-0hR/W-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDECCBCHTSELECCWRAPMODE
R-0hR/W-1hR/W-0h
76543210
ECC16BECCTOPSECTORECCCSECCENABLE
R/W-0hR/W-3hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4228 GPMC_ECC_CONFIG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-17RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

16ECCALGORITHMR/W0h

ECC algorithm used

0h (R/W) = Hamming code

1h (R/W) = BCH code

15-14RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

13-12ECCBCHTSELR/W1h

Error correction capability used for BCH

0h (R/W) = Up to 4 bits error correction (t = 4)

1h (R/W) = Up to 8 bits error correction (t = 8)

2h (R/W) = Up to 16 bits error correction (t = 16)

3h (R/W) = Reserved

11-8ECCWRAPMODER/W0h

Spare area organization definition for the BCH algorithm. See the BCH syndrome/parity calculator module functional specification for more details

7ECC16BR/W0h

Selects an ECC calculated on 16 columns

0h (R/W) = ECC calculated on 8 columns

1h (R/W) = ECC calculated on 16 columns

6-4ECCTOPSECTORR/W3h

Number of sectors to process with the BCH algorithm
0h = 1 sector (512-KB page)

1h = 2 sectors
...
3h = 4 sectors (2-KB page)
...
7h = 8 sectors (4-KB page)

3-1ECCCSR/W0h

Selects the CS where ECC is computed

0h (R/W) = CS0

1h (R/W) = CS1

2h (R/W) = CS2

3h (R/W) = CS3

Other: Reserved

0ECCENABLER/W0h

Enables the ECC feature

0h (R/W) = ECC disabled

1h (R/W) = ECC enabled

3.4.6.26 GPMC_ECC_CONTROL Register (Offset = 1F8h) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_ECC_CONTROL is shown in Figure 12-2150 and described in Table 12-4230.

ECC control

Table 12-4229 GPMC_ECC_CONTROL Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 01F8h
Figure 12-2150 GPMC_ECC_CONTROL Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDECCCLEAR
R-0hR/W-0h
76543210
RESERVEDECCPOINTER
R-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4230 GPMC_ECC_CONTROL Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-9RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

8ECCCLEARR/W0h

Clear all ECC result registers
Reads return 0.
Write 1h to this field clears all ECC result registers.
Write 0h is ignored.

7-4RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

3-0ECCPOINTERR/W0h

Selects ECC result register (Reads to this field give the dynamic position of the ECC pointer - Writes to this field select the ECC result register where the first ECC computation will be stored.); Writing other values disables the ECC engine (ECCENABLE bit of GPMC_ECC_CONFIG set to 0)

0h (R/W) = Writing 0h disables the ECC engine (ECCENABLE bit of GPMC_ECC_CONFIG set to 0)

1h (R/W) = ECC result register 1 selected

2h (R/W) = ECC result register 2 selected

3h (R/W) = ECC result register 3 selected

4h (R/W) = ECC result register 4 selected

5h (R/W) = ECC result register 5 selected

6h (R/W) = ECC result register 6 selected

7h (R/W) = ECC result register 7 selected

8h (R/W) = ECC result register 8 selected

9h (R/W) = ECC result register 9 selected

3.4.6.27 GPMC_ECC_SIZE_CONFIG Register (Offset = 1FCh) [reset = FFFFF000h]

GPMC_ECC_SIZE_CONFIG is shown in Figure 12-2151 and described in Table 12-4232.

ECC size

Table 12-4231 GPMC_ECC_SIZE_CONFIG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 01FCh
Figure 12-2151 GPMC_ECC_SIZE_CONFIG Register
3130292827262524
ECCSIZE1
R/W-3FFh
2322212019181716
ECCSIZE1ECCSIZE0
R/W-3FFhR/W-3FFh
15141312111098
ECCSIZE0RESERVEDECC9RESULTSIZE
R/W-3FFhR-0hR/W-0h
76543210
ECC8RESULTSIZEECC7RESULTSIZEECC6RESULTSIZEECC5RESULTSIZEECC4RESULTSIZEECC3RESULTSIZEECC2RESULTSIZEECC1RESULTSIZE
R/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4232 GPMC_ECC_SIZE_CONFIG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-22ECCSIZE1R/W3FFh

Defines ECC size 1.

For Hamming Code:
000h corresponds to 2 Bytes,
001h corresponds to 4 Bytes,
002h corresponds to 6 Bytes,
003h corresponds to 8 Bytes,
...
0FFh corresponds to 512 Bytes.
Max supported value is 0FFh.

For BCH:
000h corresponds to 0 nibbles,
001h corresponds to 1 nibble,
002h corresponds to 2 nibbles,
003h corresponds to 3 nibbles,
...
3FFh corresponds to 1023 nibbles.

21-12ECCSIZE0R/W3FFh

Defines ECC size 0.

For Hamming Code:
000h corresponds to 2 Bytes,
001h corresponds to 4 Bytes,
002h corresponds to 6 Bytes,
003h corresponds to 8 Bytes,
...
0FFh corresponds to 512 Bytes.
Max supported value is 0FFh.

For BCH:
000h corresponds to 0 nibbles,
001h corresponds to 1 nibble,
002h corresponds to 2 nibbles,
003h corresponds to 3 nibbles,
...
3FFh corresponds to 1023 nibbles.

11-9RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

8ECC9RESULTSIZER/W0h

Selects ECC size for ECC 9 result register

0h (R/W) = ECCSIZE0 selected

1h (R/W) = ECCSIZE1 selected

7ECC8RESULTSIZER/W0h

Selects ECC size for ECC 8 result register

0h (R/W) = ECCSIZE0 selected

1h (R/W) = ECCSIZE1 selected

6ECC7RESULTSIZER/W0h

Selects ECC size for ECC 7 result register

0h (R/W) = ECCSIZE0 selected

1h (R/W) = ECCSIZE1 selected

5ECC6RESULTSIZER/W0h

Selects ECC size for ECC 6 result register

0h (R/W) = ECCSIZE0 selected

1h (R/W) = ECCSIZE1 selected

4ECC5RESULTSIZER/W0h

Selects ECC size for ECC 5 result register

0h (R/W) = ECCSIZE0 selected

1h (R/W) = ECCSIZE1 selected

3ECC4RESULTSIZER/W0h

Selects ECC size for ECC 4 result register

0h (R/W) = ECCSIZE0 selected

1h (R/W) = ECCSIZE1 selected

2ECC3RESULTSIZER/W0h

Selects ECC size for ECC 3 result register

0h (R/W) = ECCSIZE0 selected

1h (R/W) = ECCSIZE1 selected

1ECC2RESULTSIZER/W0h

Selects ECC size for ECC 2 result register

0h (R/W) = ECCSIZE0 selected

1h (R/W) = ECCSIZE1 selected

0ECC1RESULTSIZER/W0h

Selects ECC size for ECC 1 result register

0h (R/W) = ECCSIZE0 selected

1h (R/W) = ECCSIZE1 selected

3.4.6.28 GPMC_ECCj_RESULT Register (Offset = 200h + formula) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_ECCj_RESULT (where j = 0 to 8) is shown in Figure 12-2152 and described in Table 12-4234.

ECC result register

Offset = 200h + (j * 4h), where: j = 0 to 8

Table 12-4233 GPMC_ECCj_RESULT Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0200h + formula
Figure 12-2152 GPMC_ECCj_RESULT Register
3130292827262524
RESERVEDP2048OP1024OP512OP256O
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0h
2322212019181716
P128OP64OP32OP16OP8OP4OP2OP1O
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDP2048EP1024EP512EP256E
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0h
76543210
P128EP64EP32EP16EP8EP4EP2EP1E
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4234 GPMC_ECCj_RESULT Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-28RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

27P2048OR0h

Odd row parity bit 2048, only used for ECC computed on 512 bytes

26P1024OR0h

Odd row parity bit 1024

25P512OR0h

Odd row parity bit 512

24P256OR0h

Odd row parity bit 256

23P128OR0h

Odd row parity bit 128

22P64OR0h

Odd row parity bit 64

21P32OR0h

Odd row parity bit 32

20P16OR0h

Odd row parity bit 16

19P8OR0h

Odd row parity bit 8

18P4OR0h

Odd Column Parity bit 4

17P2OR0h

Odd Column Parity bit 2

16P1OR0h

Odd Column Parity bit 1

15-12RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

11P2048ER0h

Even row parity bit 2048, only used for ECC computed on 512 bytes

10P1024ER0h

Even row parity bit 1024

9P512ER0h

Even row parity bit 512

8P256ER0h

Even row parity bit 256

7P128ER0h

Even row parity bit 128

6P64ER0h

Even row parity bit 64

5P32ER0h

Even row parity bit 32

4P16ER0h

Even row parity bit 16

3P8ER0h

Even row parity bit 8

2P4ER0h

Even column parity bit 4

1P2ER0h

Even column parity bit 2

0P1ER0h

Even column parity bit 1

3.4.6.29 GPMC_BCH_RESULT0_i Register (Offset = 240h + formula) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_BCH_RESULT0_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2153 and described in Table 12-4236.

BCH ECC result (bits 0 to 31)

Offset = 240h + (i * 10h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4235 GPMC_BCH_RESULT0_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0240h + formula
Figure 12-2153 GPMC_BCH_RESULT0_i Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
BCH_RESULT_0
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4236 GPMC_BCH_RESULT0_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0BCH_RESULT_0R0h

BCH ECC result (bits 0 to 31)

3.4.6.30 GPMC_BCH_RESULT1_i Register (Offset = 244h + formula) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_BCH_RESULT1_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2154 and described in Table 12-4238.

BCH ECC result (bits 32 to 63)

Offset = 244h + (i * 10h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4237 GPMC_BCH_RESULT1_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0244h + formula
Figure 12-2154 GPMC_BCH_RESULT1_i Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
BCH_RESULT_1
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4238 GPMC_BCH_RESULT1_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0BCH_RESULT_1R0h

BCH ECC result (bits 32 to 63)

3.4.6.31 GPMC_BCH_RESULT2_i Register (Offset = 248h + formula) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_BCH_RESULT2_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2155 and described in Table 12-4240.

BCH ECC result (bits 64 to 95)

Offset = 248h + (i * 10h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4239 GPMC_BCH_RESULT2_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0248h + formula
Figure 12-2155 GPMC_BCH_RESULT2_i Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
BCH_RESULT_2
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4240 GPMC_BCH_RESULT2_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0BCH_RESULT_2R0h

BCH ECC result (bits 64 to 95)

3.4.6.32 GPMC_BCH_RESULT3_i Register (Offset = 24Ch + formula) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_BCH_RESULT3_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2156 and described in Table 12-4242.

BCH ECC result (bits 96 to 127)

Offset = 24Ch + (i * 10h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4241 GPMC_BCH_RESULT3_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 024Ch + formula
Figure 12-2156 GPMC_BCH_RESULT3_i Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
BCH_RESULT_3
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4242 GPMC_BCH_RESULT3_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0BCH_RESULT_3R0h

BCH ECC result (bits 96 to 127)

3.4.6.33 GPMC_BCH_SWDATA Register (Offset = 2D0h) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_BCH_SWDATA is shown in Figure 12-2157 and described in Table 12-4244.

This register is used to directly pass data to the BCH ECC calculator without accessing the actual NAND flash interface.

Table 12-4243 GPMC_BCH_SWDATA Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 02D0h
Figure 12-2157 GPMC_BCH_SWDATA Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDBCH_DATA
R-0hW-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; W = Write Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4244 GPMC_BCH_SWDATA Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

15-0BCH_DATAW0h

Data to be included in the BCH calculation
Only bits 0 to 7 are considered if the calculator is configured to use 8-bit data (GPMC_ECC_CONFIG[7] ECC16B = 0)

3.4.6.34 GPMC_BCH_RESULT4_i Register (Offset = 300h + formula) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_BCH_RESULT4_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2158 and described in Table 12-4246.

BCH ECC result (bits 128 to 159)

Offset = 300h + (i * 10h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4245 GPMC_BCH_RESULT4_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0300h + formula
Figure 12-2158 GPMC_BCH_RESULT4_i Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
BCH_RESULT_4
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4246 GPMC_BCH_RESULT4_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0BCH_RESULT_4R0h

BCH ECC result (bits 128 to 159)

3.4.6.35 GPMC_BCH_RESULT5_i Register (Offset = 304h + formula) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_BCH_RESULT5_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2159 and described in Table 12-4248.

BCH ECC result (bits 160 to 191)

Offset = 304h + (i * 10h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4247 GPMC_BCH_RESULT5_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0304h + formula
Figure 12-2159 GPMC_BCH_RESULT5_i Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
BCH_RESULT_5
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4248 GPMC_BCH_RESULT5_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0BCH_RESULT_5R0h

BCH ECC result (bits 160 to 191)

3.4.6.36 GPMC_BCH_RESULT6_i Register (Offset = 308h + formula) [reset = 0h]

GPMC_BCH_RESULT6_i (where i = 0 to 3) is shown in Figure 12-2160 and described in Table 12-4250.

BCH ECC result (bits 192 to 207)

Offset = 308h + (i * 10h), where: i = 0 to 3

Table 12-4249 GPMC_BCH_RESULT6_i Instances
InstancePhysical Address
GPMC0_CFG0539 0308h + formula
Figure 12-2160 GPMC_BCH_RESULT6_i Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDBCH_RESULT_6
R-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-4250 GPMC_BCH_RESULT6_i Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16RESERVEDR0h

Write 0s for future compatibility. Read returns 0s.

15-0BCH_RESULT_6R0h

BCH ECC result (bits 192 to 207)